Panasonic DVDS42 تعليمات التشغيل

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ﻋﺮض ‪CD/DVD‬‬
‫رﻗﻢ اﳌﻮدﻳﻞ ‪DVD-S42‬‬
‫زﺑﻮﻧﻨﺎ اﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض اﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪/(Quick OSD‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ﲥﻴﺌﺎت اﻟﺼﻮت‪/‬اﻟﺼﻮرة اﳌﻮﴅ ﺑﻬﺎ )‪/(AV Enhancer‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﺰاء ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت )‪/(Night Sound Mode‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﲑ اﻟﻘﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺳﲈﻋﺎت اﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ )‪/(H.Bass‬‬
‫ﲣﻴﲇ )‪/(Advanced Surround‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺼﻮت إﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﹼ‬
‫إﺧﺮاج ﺻﻮت أﻗﺮب إﱃ اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ )‪10 ..................................................... (Multi Re-master‬‬
‫اﻟﺰﻭﻡ‪/‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ اﻟﱰﲨﺔ اﳌﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪/‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﺴﺎرات اﻟﺼﻮت‪/‬اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺰاﻭﻳﺔ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ‪/‬ﺑﺪء اﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﻦ اﳌﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﳌﺨﺘﺎرة ‪11 ................................................‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض‪/‬ﲣﻄﻲ ‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ إﱃ اﻷﻣﺎﻡ‪/‬إﻋﺎدة اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﴪﻳﻌﺔ‪/‬اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺘﻜﺮر ‪12 ......................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﴎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ اﻟﻌﺮض ‪12 ...........................................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﱪﻣﺞ‪/‬اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ ‪12 ........................................................................‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ‪13 .........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﱪاﻣﺞ‪/‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‪/‬ﻋﺮض اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪/CD‬ﻋﺮض اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪13 ..................... HighMATTM‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪14 .................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎت ‪15 ..................................................................................... DivX VOD‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪16 ......................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺎت اﻷﺧﺮ￯ )‪16 ..................................................... (Other Settings‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﲥﻴﺌﺎت اﳌﺸﻐﹼ ﻞ ‪18 .............................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ALL‬‬
‫‪GCA‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﳌﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎت ‪20 ...............................................................................................‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ‪21 ........................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﲢﺮﻱ اﳋﻠﻞ ﻭإﺻﻼﺣﻪ ‪22 ....................................................................................‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ ﹼ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ‪23 ...........................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ إﺷﺎرﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪GC‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﻷﺳﺎﳼ ‪8 ...................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺮﳛﺔ ‪9 ....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ إﺷﺎرﻱ‬
‫رﻗﻢ اﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ اﻟﻤﺸﻐﹼ ﻞ ﺑﻌﺮض اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ DVD-Video‬اﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮب ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ رﻗﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ”‪ “2‬أﻭ اﻟﻌﺒﺎرة ”‪.“ALL‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺔ اﳌﺼ ﹼﻨﻔﺎت‪/‬اﻟﱪاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ )‪9 ................................... (Advanced Disc Review‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﻜﺮﻙ ﻟﴩاﺋﻚ ﻫﺬا ا ﹸﳌﻨﺘﹶﺞ‪.‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﲆ أﻗﺼﻰ درﺟﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻭاﻷداء‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮاءة ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻤﻴﺎت ﺑﺤﺬر‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﳌﻨﺘﺞ أﻭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ أﻭ إﺟﺮاء ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼت ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬اﻟﺮﺟﺎء اﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎظ ﲠﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﻭاﻟﻌﻮدة إﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼﹰ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﲈﻟﻴﺎت‪/‬إﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ‪3 ....................................................................................‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ‪4 ..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة ‪ 1‬اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎز ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ‪6 ..........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة ‪ 2‬اﻟﺮﻳﻤﻮت )ﻭﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ( ‪7...............................................................‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة ‪7.................................................................................... QUICK SETUP 3‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻬﺮس ‪ ..............................................................................................‬اﻟﻐﻼﻑ اﻷﺧﲑ‬
‫‪RQT8505-A‬‬
‫‪2/14/2006 2:10:45 PM‬‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 1‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ!‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز أﺷﻌﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺰر‪.‬‬
‫إﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ أدﻭات اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ أﻭ اﻟﻀﺒﻂ أﻭ اﻷداء ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺪد ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدﻱ إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﺮض اﳋﻄﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻷﺷﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ اﻷﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﲢﺎﻭﻝ إﺻﻼح اﳋﻠﻞ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ اﻟﻔﻨﻴﲔ اﳌﺆﻫﻠﲔ ﻷداء أﻋﻤﺎﻝ اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ اﻧﺪﻻع اﻟﻨﻴﺮاﻥ أﻭ اﻟﺼﻌﻘﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ أﻭ اﺧﺘﻼﻝ اﳉﻬﺎز‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮض ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻄﺮ أﻭ اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ أﻭ اﻟﻘﻄﺮ أﻭ اﻻرﺗﺸﺎﻕ ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ أﺷﻴﺎء ﳑﻠﻮءة ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻮاﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺰﻫﺮﻳﺎت ﻓﻮﻕ اﳉﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ!‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻨﺼﺐ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﻓﻲ ﺧﺰاﻧﺎت اﻟﻜﺘﺐ أﻭ اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻴﻨﺎت اﳌﺒﻴﺘﺔ أﻭ ﻓﻲ اﳊﻴﻮز اﳌﻐﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫اﳌﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻭذﻟﻚ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺟﻴﺪة‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻋﺮﻗﻠﺔ اﻟﺴﺘﺎﺋﺮ أﻭ أﻱ ﻣﻮاد أﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ اﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ اﻟﺼﻌﻘﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ أﻭ اﳊﺮاﺋﻖ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﺮط اﻹﺣﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻔﻞ ﻓﺘﺤﺎت ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺤﻒ ﻭأﻏﻄﻴﺔ اﳌﺎﺋﺪة ﻭاﻟﺴﺘﺎﺋﺮ ﻭاﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻣﺼﺎدر اﻟﻠﻬﺐ اﳌﻜﺸﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﺸﻤﻮع اﳌﻀﺎءة‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻹﻣﺎر‬
‫)داﺧﻞ اﳌﻨﺘﺞ(‬
‫اﻟﺸﺮ‬
‫‪CLASS 1‬‬
‫‪LASER PRODUCT‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣ‬
‫ﻟﻺﺳﺘ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺒﺪاﻝ اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻔﻴﻮز ﺗﺒﻌ ﹰﺎ ﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺮدد )اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ A‬أﻭ ‪ .(B‬ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺮدد ﻭاﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﲈت أدﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﲈت ﻋﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﻔﻌﲇ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ اﻟﺒﺮاﻏﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻔﻚ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪B‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‬
‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻫﺬا اﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺗﺪاﺧ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴ ﹰﺎ ﻧﺎﲡ ﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﳌﺤﻤﻮﻝ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬا‬
‫اﻟﺘﺪاﺧﻞ ﻭاﺿﺤ ﹰﺎ‪ ،‬اﻟﺮﺟﺎء زﻳﺎدة اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﲔ اﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻭاﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﳌﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أﻥ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ اﳌﺼﺪر اﻟﺮﺋﻴﴘ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﱰدد‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أﻥ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ‬
‫اﳌﺼﺪر اﻟﺮﺋﻴﴘ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎر ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ إﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮد ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ اﻟﻔﻴﻮز ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻐﻠﻖ أﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻔﻴﻮز ‪.‬‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪B‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮز )‪ 5‬أﻣﺒﻴﺮ(‬
‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮز )‪ 5‬أﻣﺒﻴﺮ(‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2/9/2006 5:38:37 PM‬‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 2‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎت‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ اﻷرﻗﺎﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﻐﻴﺎر‪.‬‬
‫)أرﻗﺎﻡ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺒﺮاﻳﺮ ‪ .2006‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻀﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻷرﻗﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪(.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫اﻹﻣﺎرات اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة ﻭﺟﻨﻮب أﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺮدد اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫أﺳﻼﻙ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺮدد اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺮﻕ اﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء اﻹﻣﺎرات اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة‬
‫اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻺﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻊ أﺟﻬﺰة أﺧﺮ￯‪ .‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ أﺳﻼﻙ أﺟﻬﺰة أﺧﺮ￯ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺿﻊ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﻀﻮء اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭاﻟﺤﺮارة ﻭاﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻭاﻹﻫﺘﺰازات‬
‫اﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪة‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺬة اﻟﻌﻮاﻣﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ إﺗﻼﻑ اﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﻘﺼﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﺮ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ .‬ﻻﺗﻀﻊ أﺷﻴﺎء‬
‫ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻮﻟﺘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ إﻟﻰ إﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺼﺎدر اﻟﻔﻮﻟﺘﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ أﻥ ﻳﺆدﻱ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺣﺪةﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﻮع ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺼﺎدر اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪر اﻟﺘﻴﺎر ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫أﻭ أﻣﺎﻛﻦ أﺧﺮ￯ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺮدد‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎت‪/‬إﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺮﻳﻤﻮت‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺎت اﻟﺮﻳﻤﻮت‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ اﻷﻭدﻳﻮ‪/‬اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ )اﻟﺼﻮت‪/‬اﻟﺼﻮرة(‬
‫)‪(EUR7631200R‬‬
‫إﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺮدد ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت اﻟﺨﺎﻃﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻭاﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻒ أﻥ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﻮع ﺣﺮﻳﻖ أﻭ ﺻﺪﻣﺎت ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ إﻟﻰ ﺳﺤﺐ أﻭ ﺛﻨﻲ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺮدد أﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ أﺷﻴﺎء ﺗﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫إﻣﺴﻚ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎر‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺮدد أﻥ ﻳﺆدﻱ‬
‫إﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﻮع ﺻﺪﻣﺎت ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﻚ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻳﺪاﻙ ﻣﺒﺘﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أﻥ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﻮع‬
‫ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮاد ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﻮاد اﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻘﻮط ﻓﻲ داﺧﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﻮع ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ أﻭ ﺧﻠﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﺴﻮاﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺴﻜﺎب داﺧﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﻮع ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ أﻭ ﺧﻠﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ .‬إذا‬
‫ﺣﺪث ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﺑﻔﺼﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎر ﻭاﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮزع ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ إﻟﻰ رش أﻱ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻦ ﻣﺒﻴﺪات اﻟﺤﺸﺮات ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة أﻭ ﻓﻲ داﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻤﺎ أﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺒﻴﺪات ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاد‬
‫ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ اﻹﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻠﺘﻬﺐ إذا ﺗﺴﺮﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﺪاﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﺼﻠﻴﺢ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪ .‬إذا ﺣﺪث ﺧﻠﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻮت أﻭ أﺧﻔﻘﺖ إﺿﺎءة اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮات‪ ،‬أﻭ ﻻﺣﻈﺖ ﺗﺼﺎﻋﺪ‬
‫دﺧﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ داﺧﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ ،‬أﻭ أﻱ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮرة ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﺑﻔﺼﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪر‬
‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎر ﻭإﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮزع أﻭ أﻗﺮب ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ ‪ .‬إذا ﻗﺎﻡ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺆﻫﻞ ﺑﺘﺼﻠﻴﺢ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة أﻭ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻜﻬﺎ أﻭ‬
‫إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬رﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﻭﻗﻮع ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ أﻭ ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ اﳌﺼﺪر اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎر‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ إﺟﺰاء إﻃﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2/14/2006 2:07:06 PM‬‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 3‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﺠﺎرﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺷﻌﺎر اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪DVD‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ) ‪ :‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮة‪،‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺎر إﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﲈت‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫ﺷﻌﺎر اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫]‪[DVD-V‬‬
‫اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت أﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ذات ﺟﻮدة‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪DVD-RAM‬‬
‫اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪CD‬‬
‫]‪[VCD‬‬
‫اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬
‫‪) SVCD‬ﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ‬
‫‪(IEC62107‬‬
‫]‪[CD‬‬
‫اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫‬
‫اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪CD‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮة(‬
‫ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻣﺴﺠﻞ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ ،DVD‬إﻟﺦ‬
‫]‪[DVD-VR‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫]‪[DVD-V‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫■ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﺼﻖ أﻱ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت أﻭ ﻣﻠﺼﻘﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت )ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ أﻥ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻲ إﻟﺘﻮاء اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻺﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ اﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﻘﻠﻢ ﺣﺒﺮ ﺟﺎﻑ أﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ذﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ أدﻭات اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺨﺎﺧﺎت ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ أﻭ اﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ أﻭ اﻟﺜﻨﺮ أﻭ ﺳﻮاﺋﻞ ﻣﻨﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ أﻭ أﻱ ﻧﻮع آﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺬﻳﺒﺎت‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻮاﻗﻴﺎت أﻭ اﻷﻏﻄﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺪش‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﺎدة ﻻﺻﻘﺔ ﻣﻜﺸﻮﻓﺔ ﻧﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺰع اﳌﻠﺼﻘﺎت أﻭ‬‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ )اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﺴﺘﺄﺟﺮة‪ ،‬إﻟﺦ(‪.‬‬
‫ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﺼﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮاء ﺷﺪﻳﺪ أﻭ ﺗﺸﻘﻖ‪.‬‬‫‪ -‬اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ذات اﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻏﲑ اﻹﻋﺘﻴﺎدﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﻜﻞ اﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪2/9/2006 5:38:39 PM‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﺨﴢ‪ ،‬إﻟﺦ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫[‪[WMA‬‬
‫[‪[MP3‬‬
‫[‪[JPEG‬‬
‫[‪[MPEG4‬‬
‫[‪[DivX‬‬
‫اﳊﺎﺟﺔ اﱃ اﳋﺘﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻤ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫[‪MA‬‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﴐﻭرﻱ‬
‫—‬
‫[‪P3‬‬
‫‪DVD-R/RW‬‬
‫ﴐﻭرﻱ‬
‫‪DVD-R DL‬‬
‫ﴐﻭرﻱ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‬
‫■ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ‪ ،DVD-Audio‬اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ DVD-RW‬اﻻﺻﺪار ‪ ،1.0‬اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫‪ ،DVD-ROM‬اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ ،CD-ROM‬اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ ،CDV‬اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪،CD-G‬‬
‫اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ ،SACD‬اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ ،Photo CD‬اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ DVD-RAM‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺰﻋﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﺎرﺗﺮﻳﺪج اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ DVD-RAM‬ﺳﻌﺔ ‪ 2.6‬ج ب ﻭ ‪5.2‬‬
‫ج ب‪ ،‬ﻭاﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ”‪ “Chaoji VCD‬اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻓﻲ اﻷﺳﻮاﻕ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫‪ CVD‬ﻭ ‪ DVCD‬ﻭ ‪ SVCD‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻭط ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ‪.IEC62107‬‬
‫■ إر‬
‫‪+R/+RW‬‬
‫—‬
‫)‬
‫‪+R DL‬‬
‫—‬
‫)‬
‫‪CD-R/RW‬‬
‫—‬
‫(‬
‫(‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫—‬
‫—‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﴐﻭرﻱ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﴐﻭرﻱ‬
‫ﴐﻭرﻱ‬
‫[‪EG‬‬
‫[‪G4‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻤﻜﻨ ﹰﺎ ﻋﺮض ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت أﻋﻼﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت ﻭذﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻌ ﹰﺎ ﻟﻨﻮع اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻭاﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ) ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،5‬إرﺷﺎدات ﺣﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻞ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت(‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ اﻟﻨﻤﻂ ‪ CD-DA‬أﻭ ‪.Video CD‬‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎع اﻟﻰ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪CD-R/RW‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫[‪ [JPEG[ [MP3[ [WMA‬ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ أﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪.HighMAT‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺠﻼت ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ ،DVD‬ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮات ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ DVD‬إﻟﺦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ اﻻﺻﺪار ‪ 1.1‬ﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ )ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺣﺪة(‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺠﻼت ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ DVD‬أﻭ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮات ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ DVD‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ اﻻﺻﺪار ‪ 1.2‬ﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ )ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺣﺪة(‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺠﻼت ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ DVD‬أﻭ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮات ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ DVD‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪.DVD‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻂ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻤﻂ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ ،DVD‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺟﻬﺰة ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﺮض اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ”ﺿﺮﻭرﻱ“ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ أﻭ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬
‫اﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫إﻏﻼﻕ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ أﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 4‬‬
‫[‪vX‬‬
‫• إذا‬
‫اﻟﺜﺎ‬
‫• ﻗﺪ‬
‫• ﻫﺬ‬
‫■ إرﺷﺎدات ﺣﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻞ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻨﻤﻂ‬
‫‪CD-R/RW‬‬
‫[‪[MP3‬‬
‫‪DVD-RAM‬‬
‫‪DVD-R/RW‬‬
‫‪CD-R/RW‬‬
‫”‪“.MP3‬‬
‫”‪“.mp3‬‬
‫[‪[JPEG‬‬
‫‪DVD-RAM‬‬
‫‪DVD-R/RW‬‬
‫‪CD-R/RW‬‬
‫”‪“.JPG‬‬
‫”‪“.jpg‬‬
‫”‪“.JPEG‬‬
‫”‪“.jpeg‬‬
‫[‪[MPEG4‬‬
‫‪DVD-RAM‬‬
‫‪DVD-R/RW‬‬
‫‪CD-R/RW‬‬
‫”‪“.ASF‬‬
‫”‪“.asf‬‬
‫[‪[DivX‬‬
‫‪DVD-RAM‬‬
‫‪DVD-R/RW‬‬
‫‪CD-R/RW‬‬
‫”‪“.DIVX‬‬
‫”‪“.divx‬‬
‫”‪“.AVI‬‬
‫”‪“.avi‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫• إذا ﺗﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت ﺑﻌﻴﺪﹰ ا ﻋﻦ اﻟﺠﺬﻭر ﻣﺜﻞ ”‪ “002 group‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺴﻄﺮ اﻟﻌﻤﻮدﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﺮﻭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻈﻬﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺒﺎﻛﻴﺘﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪2/9/2006 5:38:41 PM‬‬
‫‪001‬‬
‫‪001 track.mp3‬‬
‫‪002 track.mp3‬‬
‫‪003 track.mp3‬‬
‫‪002 group‬‬
‫‪DVD-RAM‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ أﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس ‪.UDF 2.0‬‬
‫‪DVD-R/RW‬‬
‫‪001 track.mp3‬‬
‫‪002 track.mp3‬‬
‫‪003 track.mp3‬‬
‫‪004 track.mp3‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ أﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس‬
‫)‪.UDF bridge (UDF 1.02/ISO9660‬‬
‫• ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪدة‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪CD-R/RW‬‬
‫‪003 group‬‬
‫‪001 track.mp3‬‬
‫‪002 track.mp3‬‬
‫‪003 track.mp3‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ أﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس ‪ ISO9660‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﻴﻦ ‪ 1‬أﻭ ‪) 2‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء اﻟﺼﻴﻎ اﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪة(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪدة ﻭﻟﻜﻦ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﻛﺜﻴﺮة ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻭﻗﺘﹰﺎ أﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ أﻥ ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻟﻌﺮض‪ .‬اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺄدﻧﻰ ﻋﺪد ﻟﻠﻤﺮاﺣﻞ ﻟﺘﻔﺎدﻱ ذﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫ﺠﻬﺎز‬
‫• ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪ JPEG‬اﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮا رﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭاﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس ‪ DCF‬اﻹﺻﺪار ‪.1.0‬‬
‫ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ أﻭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ أﻭ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ‬‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺻﻮر اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪MOTION JPEG ،‬‬
‫ﻭاﻟﺼﻴﻎ اﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﻭاﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ‪) JPEG‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ (TIFF‬أﻭ ﻋﺮض‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮر ذات اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎت اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز أﻥ ﺗﻌﺮض ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪] MPEG4‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ‪) SD VIDEO‬ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ‪/(ASF‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪MPEG4‬‬
‫)‪ /(Simple Porfile‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ اﻟﺼﻮت ‪ [G.726‬اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮات ‪ SD multi‬أﻭ ﻣﺴﺠﻼت ‪ DVD video‬ﻃﺮاز ‪.Panasonic‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮض ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪ DivX‬اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ )ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪(DivX® 6‬‬
‫]ﻧﻈﺎﻡ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪/ DivX‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ اﻟﺼﻮت ‪ MP3‬أﻭ ‪ Dolby Digital‬أﻭ‬
‫‪ [MPEG‬ﻣﻊ ﻋﺮض ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت اﻻﻭﺳﺎط ®‪.DivX‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻤﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪ DivX Ultra‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) GMC‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ اﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ( ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪ DivX‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ‪ 2‬ج ب أﻭ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳ ﹰﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻳﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺘﺤﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ‪(NTSC) 720 x 480‬‬
‫‪ /(PAL) 720 x 576‬ﻛﺤﺪ أﻗﺼﻰ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ‪ 8‬أﻧﻮاع ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻮت ﻭاﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪرات ﻭاﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ أرﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺨﺎﻧﺎت ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أﻥ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ أﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ )ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫‪001 group‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻲ ﺗﻢ‬
‫[‪[WMA‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ‬
‫”‪“.WMA‬‬
‫”‪“.wma‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫• ﻣﻌﺪﹼ ﻻت اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 48‬ﻙ ب‪/‬ث ﻭ ‪ 320‬ﻙ ب‪/‬ث‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺿﺪ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮض ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪WMA‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫• ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﹼ ﻻت اﻟﺒﺖ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪدة‬
‫)‪ :Multiple Bit Rate MBR‬ﻣﻠﻒ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮ￯ ﻣﺸ ﹼﻔﺮ ﹰا‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪد ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻻت اﻟﺒﹺﺖ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪:DVD-R/RW ،DVD-RAM‬‬
‫‪ 44،1 ،24 ،22.05 ،12 ،11.02‬ﻭ ‪ 48‬ﻙ ﻫـ‬
‫‪:CD-R/RW‬‬
‫‪ 44.1 ،32 ،24 ،22.05 ،16 ،12 ،11.02 ،8‬ﻭ ‪ 48‬ﻙ ﻫـ‬
‫• ﻣﻌﺪﹼ ﻻت اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 32‬ﻙ ب‪/‬ث ﻭ ‪ 320‬ﻙ ب‪/‬ث‬
‫• ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻻﺣﻘﺎت اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪.ID3‬‬
‫ﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﳌﻠﻔﺎت ﻋﲆ أﳖﺎ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﻭ ﹸﺗ ﹶ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪرات ﻭاﳌﻠﻔﺎت ) ﹸﺗ ﹶ‬
‫اﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪرات ﻋﲆ أﳖﺎ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎت ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز‪(.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪[MP3] :‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺬر‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 5‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة ‪ 1‬اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎز ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫■ اﻟﺘ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ أﻭ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أﻥ ﻳﺴﺨﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﺮارة أﻥ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﺘﺎت اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺼﻮرة ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻷﺳﺒﺎب ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺿﺪ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫• أﻭﻗﻒ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭاﻗﺮأ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻷﻃﺮاﻑ اﻟﻤﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻮﻧﻴ ﹰﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪PB‬‬
‫‪PR‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎز ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻊ دﺧﻞ ‪ VIDEO IN‬أﻭ ‪S VIDEO IN‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ دﺧﻞ ‪COMPONENT VIDEO IN‬‬
‫‪AUDIO IN‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪COMPONENT‬‬
‫‪VIDEO IN‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻼت اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪PB‬‬
‫اﳉﻬ‬
‫أﻭ‬
‫‪or‬‬
‫‪S VIDEO‬‬
‫‪IN‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ اﻷﻭدﻳﻮ‪/‬اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫)ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‬
‫ﻗﻢ‬
‫)‬
‫‪AUDIO IN‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ ‪S‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ اﻷﻭدﻳﻮ‪/‬اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫)ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‬
‫‪PB‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫‪IN‬‬
‫•ﻻ‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫■ اﻟﺒ‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪PR‬‬
‫‪PR‬‬
‫‪Please connect directlyy to TV.‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪Please connect directly to TV.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻘﺪﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻘﺪﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺨﺮج ﹼ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺧﺮج اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ”‪“Video Output Mode‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ”‪ ،“OOOp‬ﺛﻢ اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫) ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(Picture Menu ،17‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ أﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ‬
‫اﻷﻭدﻳﻮ )اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺴﺎﻥ اﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﻭاﻷﺑﻴﺾ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ اﻷﻭدﻳﻮ ﺑﺄﻃﺮاﻑ دﺧﻞ ﺻﻮت )أﻭدﻳﻮ( ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻨﺎة ﻟﻤﻀﺨﻢ أﻧﺎﻟﻮغ أﻭ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺼﻮت ﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫اﳉﻬﺔ اﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪2/9/2006 5:38:43 PM‬‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 6‬‬
‫■ اﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺼﻮت إﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد اﻟﻘﻨﻮات‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪PB‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫■ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﲏ أﺧﲑا‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ اﻟﻤﺤﻮر‬
‫‪PR‬‬
‫‪Please connect directlyy to TV.‬‬
‫إﻗﺮأ اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ اﳋﺎص ﺑﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﻠﻞ رﻣﻮز ﻣﺪﻣﺞ ﻓﻴﻪ أﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻞ رﻣﻮز ﻣﺪﻣﺞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﺮﻕ اﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء اﻹﻣﺎرات اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ اﻟﻤﺘﺮدد اﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪COAXIAL IN‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﻠﻼت رﻣﻮز اﻹﺣﺎﻃﺔ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ‪ DTS Digital Surround‬ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪.DVD‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ اﻟﻤﺘﺮدد )ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ”‪ “PCM Digital Output‬ﻭ ”‪ “Dolby Digital‬ﻭ ”‪ “DTS Digital Surround‬ﻭ ”‪“MPEG‬‬
‫) ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،19‬ﺣﻘﻞ اﻟﺼﻮت ”‪.(“Audio‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة ‪ 2‬اﻟﺮﻳﻤﻮت )ﻭﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ(‬
‫• ﹺ‬
‫ادﺧﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ اﻷﻗﻄﺎب )‪ +‬ﻭ‪ (-‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﻳﻤﻮت‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻹﻋﺎدة اﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ اﻵﰐ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﻭأﺧﺮ￯ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫•ﻻ ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻬﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺨﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت أﻭ ﹼ‬
‫•ﻻ ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﻔﻜﻚ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت أﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻤﺎس ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ إﻋﺎدة ﺷﺤﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت اﻟﻘﻠﻮﻳﺔ أﻭ ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺎت اﻟﻤﻨﻐﻨﻴﺰ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت إذا ﻛﺎﻥ ﻏﻄﺎؤﻫﺎ ﻣﻘﺸﹼ ﺮاﹰ‪.‬‬
‫■ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت‬
‫‪R6/LR6 ،AA‬‬
‫إﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻣﺼﺪر اﻟﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻲ‬
‫‪AC IN‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺮب اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ اﻹﻟﻴﻜﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﺘﻲ اﻷﻣﺮ اﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻮء اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أﻥ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﹼ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻠﻒ اﻷﺷﻴﺎء اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻼﻣﺴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫اﻧﺰع اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت إذا ﻛﺎﻥ اﻟﺮﻳﻤﻮت ﺳﻴﻈﻞ دﻭﻥ اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﻔﺘﺮة زﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺎرد ﺟﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫■ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺮﻳﻤﻮت ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ) ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (8‬ﻣﺘﺠﻨﹼﺒ ﹰﺎ اﻟﻌﻮاﺋﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪ￯‬
‫أﻗﺼﺎﻩ ‪ 7‬ﻣﺘﺮ أﻣﺎﻡ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮة ‪QUICK SETUP 3‬‬
‫‪QUICK OSD‬‬
‫‪FL SELECT‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭاﺧﺘﻴﺎر دﺧﻞ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪NIGHT‬‬
‫‪SOUND‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪AV‬‬
‫‪ADVANCED‬‬
‫‪ADVANCED‬‬
‫‪SURROUND ENHANCER DISC REVIEW‬‬
‫‪H.BASS‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪TOP MENU‬‬
‫‪PLAY LIST‬‬
‫‪DIRECT‬‬
‫‪NAVIGATOR‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪RETURN‬‬
‫‪SETUP‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪SETUP‬‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬
‫‪FUNCTIONS‬‬
‫‪SUBTITLE AUDIO ANGLE/PAGE SETUP‬‬
‫‪GROUP‬‬
‫‪PLAY MODE PLAY SPEED ZOOM‬‬
‫‪2/9/2006 5:38:44 PM‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﴪﻳﻌﺔ‬
‫‪.QUICK SETUP‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺎت ﻓﻴﲈ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﴪﻳﻌﺔ ”‪“QUICK SETUP‬‬
‫اﺗﹼﺒﻊ اﻹﺧﻄﺎر اﳌﻌﺮﻭض ﻭﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺎت‪.‬‬
‫) ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،19‬ﺣﻘﻞ »ﻏﻴﺮ ذﻟﻚ« ”‪.(“Othes‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻹﳖﺎء‬
‫‪.QUICK SETUP‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭج ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬
‫‪RETURN‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎز ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪/‬اﻟﺮﻳﻤﻮت )ﻭﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ(‪QUICK SETUP/‬‬
‫اﳉﻬﺔ اﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز‬
‫اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 7‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫إﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲣ‬
‫]‪MA‬‬
‫]‪G4‬‬
‫ﻋﺮ‬
‫)أﺛﻨ‬
‫]‪VR‬‬
‫]‪CD‬‬
‫اﺑﺪأ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺰدﻭﺟﺔ اﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺟﻪ اﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ إﻟﻰ أﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ : DVD-RAM‬اﻧﺰع اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﺎرﺗﺮدج اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮر‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،12‬اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮر( أﻭ ”‪“A-B Repeat‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪) “Repeat‬‬
‫) ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(Play Menu ،16‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ )أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض(‬
‫اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫• ﻟﺒﺪء اﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.(PLAY) [q‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻹﻧﺘﻈﺎر ) ‪( /‬‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺰر ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ إﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ اﻹﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ اﻹﻧﺘﻈﺎر‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ /‬اﻹﻧﺘﻈﺎر ) (‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺼﺪر اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺮدد‪ ،‬ﻳﻀﻲء ﻫﺬا اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ إذا ﻛﺎﻥ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ اﻹﻧﺘﻈﺎر‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻄﻔﺊ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫‪2/9/2006 5:38:45 PM‬‬
‫اﺧ‬
‫ﻋﲆ‬
‫ادﺧ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮات‪.‬‬
‫• ]‪ [DVD-VR‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺒﻄﻲء )أﺛﻨﺎء اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ(‬
‫• ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 5‬ﺧﻄﻮات‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺒﺪء اﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.(PLAY) [q‬‬
‫• ]‪ [VCD‬اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺒﻄﻲء‪ :‬اﺗﺠﺎﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ]‪ [DivX] [MPEG4‬اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺒﻄﻲء‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﻣﻴﺾ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ”‪ “o‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ اﻟﻌﺮض‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪) .(PLAY) [q‬إﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ اﻟﻌﺮض(‬
‫• ﻟﺤﺬﻑ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪. [g‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة )اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﺎدﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ إﻳﻘﺎﻑ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻞ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫• ﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ‪ MP3‬أﻭ ‪ JPEG‬أﻭ ‪ MPEG4‬أﻭ ‪ DivX‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﻠﻰ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ DVD-RAM‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ]‪ [DVD-VR‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺔ أﺧﺮ￯ )ﻣﺜﻞ ]‪ ،([JPEG‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ ) “Play as Data Disc‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(Other Menu ،17‬‬
‫• ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪﻭراﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [g‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺗﻮر اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬
‫ﻭﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻧﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻜﻠﻲ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪. +RW/+R‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻱ اﻟﺨﻠﻞ ﻭإﺻﻼﺣﻪ ) ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(23 ،22‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻮاﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﻋﺐ‪ ،‬ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻢ دﻟﻴﻞ ﹼ‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 8‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋ‬
‫اﻻﺳ‬
‫ﺷﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺮﻳﺤﺔ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﲣﻄﻲ اﳌﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬
‫]‪[JPEG] [MP3] [WMA‬‬
‫]‪[DivX] [MPEG4‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض إﻃﺎر ﺗﻠﻮ اﻵﺧﺮ‬
‫‪QUICK OSD‬‬
‫)اﳉﻬﺎز اﻟﺮﺋﻴﴘ(‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[QUICK OSD‬‬
‫)‪ (Basics‬اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫• ]‪ [VCD‬اﲡﺎﻩ اﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫)أﺛﻨﺎء اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ(‬
‫)‪ (Off‬إﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫]‪[DVD-V] [DVD-VR‬‬
‫]‪[VCD‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪[DVD-V] :‬‬
‫ادﺧﻞ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫[‬
‫]‪[2‬‬
‫]‪[3‬‬
‫‪Details-DVD-Video‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪DTS 3/2.1ch‬‬
‫‪Audio‬‬
‫‪Subtitle‬‬
‫‪1/1‬‬
‫‪Angle‬‬
‫‪Source Aspect 4:3‬‬
‫‪Title Total Time 0:54:28‬‬
‫]‪[ENTER‬‬
‫]‪[DVD-VR‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮض اﻟﱪاﻣﺞ )‬
‫• ]‪ [DivX] [MPEG4‬ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺼﻮرة ﻭاﻟﺼﻮت أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(13‬‬
‫]‪[DVD-V‬‬
‫‪PLAY LIST‬‬
‫]‪[DVD-VR‬‬
‫‪ADVANCED‬‬
‫‪DISC REVIEW‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ‬
‫]‪[JPEG‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ أﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻒ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭض ﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺪة اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻨﻒ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭض ﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺔ اﻟﻤﺼ ﹼﻨﻔﺎت‪/‬اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫)‪(Advanced Disc Review‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ADVANCED DISC‬‬
‫‪.[REVIEW‬‬
‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺼﻨﹼﻒ‪/‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [VCD‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﹸﻳﻈ ﹺﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﻷرﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ 11‬ﺑﺨﺼﻮص ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺎرات اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ 11‬ﺑﺨﺼﻮص ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،11‬اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺰاﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺼﻮص ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﺰﻭاﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫]‪) [DVD-V] [DVD-VR‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ‪(+RW/+R‬‬
‫)اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﺎدﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(13‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫‪SUBTITLE‬‬
‫‪0 : 00 : 22‬‬
‫‪Time‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Chapter‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Title‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ (PLAY)[q‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻋﲆ اﳌﺼﻨﻒ‪/‬اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﻄﻮرة‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ إﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﺮاﺟﻌﺔ ﻛﻞ ‪ 10‬دﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ ) “Interval Mode‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،18‬اﻟﻤﺮاﺟﻌﺔ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ”‪ “Advanced Disc Review‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ”‪.(“Disc‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻭذﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻌ ﹰﺎ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫• [‪ [DVD-VR‬ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ ﻣﻊ ﺟﺰء اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ‪.‬‬‫‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫‪2/9/2006 5:38:46 PM‬‬
‫]‪[1‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪[DVD-V] :‬‬
‫]‪[DVD-V‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض )‬
‫‪FL SELECT‬‬
‫■ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ )‪(Details‬‬
‫]‪[2‬‬
‫ﹸﻳﻈ ﹺﻬﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪.(O‬‬
‫ﺠﻬﺎز‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪[1] :123‬‬
‫‪Time‬‬
‫‪Chapter‬‬
‫‪Program Playback‬‬
‫]‪[DivX] [MPEG4] [JPEG] [MP3] [WMA‬‬
‫ﹸﻳﻈ ﹺﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪RETURN‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﳉﻬﺎز‬
‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﴘ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪10] :12‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Title‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺮﻳﺤﺔ‬
‫‪DIRECT‬‬
‫‪NAVIGATOR‬‬
‫‪0 : 00 : 22‬‬
‫]‪[CD] [VCD] [DVD-V] [DVD-VR‬‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬
‫‪TOP MENU‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻮدة إﱃ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫‪RETURN‬‬
‫رﻗﻢ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺪة اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫ﺬﻱ‬
‫)‪ (Details‬اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫■ اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ )‪(Basics‬‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺒﻨﻮد‬
‫ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض اﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪(Quick OSD‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 9‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺮﻳﺤﺔ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ﲥﻴﺌﺎت اﻟﺼﻮت‪/‬اﻟﺼﻮرة اﳌﻮﺻﻰ ﲠﺎ‬
‫)‪(AV Enhancer‬‬
‫‪ADVANCED‬‬
‫‪SURROUND‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮد ﺿﻐﻂ زر ﻭاﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ﹰﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻭاﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻓﻀﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺎت‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼﻮت ﻭاﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [AV ENHANCER‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪. “On‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻭذﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻌ ﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Functions‬‬
‫‪AV Enhancer On‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺎت اﻟﺼﻮت‪:‬‬
‫‪ ) H.Bass ،Night Sound Mode‬أدﻧﺎﻩ(‪ ) Multi Re-master ،Advanced Surround ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر(‪،‬‬
‫‪ ) Dialogue Enhancer‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ) Sound Enhancement ،(17‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(17‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺎت اﻟﺼﻮرة‪:‬‬
‫‪NIGHT‬‬
‫‪SOUND‬‬
‫) ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(16‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﺰاء ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫)‪Sound Mode‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺮﻳﺤﺔ‬
‫إﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [NIGHT SOUND‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪. “On‬‬
‫‪Functions‬‬
‫‪Night Sound Mode On‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻭذﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻌ ﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺬﻩ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ]‪ [MP3‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ DVD-RAM‬أﻭ ‪.DVD-R/RW‬‬
‫‪H.BASS‬‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪2/10/2006 3:10:43 PM‬‬
‫‪(Enhanced) HP 2‬‬
‫‪Functions‬‬
‫اﺿﻐ‬
‫‪Advanced Surround SP 1‬‬
‫]‪D-VR‬‬
‫”‪to‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺼﻮت إﺣﺎﻃﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ اﻟﺼﻮت ﺧﺎرﺟ ﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎت ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎت رأس ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ “HP 1‬أﻭ ”‪.“HP 2‬‬
‫• أﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻟﻠﺠﻠﻮس ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 3‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 4‬أﻣﺜﺎﻝ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺘﻴﻦ اﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻭاﻟﻴﺴﺮ￯ أﻭ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺷﺘﺮاﻙ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺆﺛﺮات اﻹﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز آﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺬﻩ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ Night Sound Mode‬أﻭ ‪ ) H.Bass‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫إﺧﺮاج ﺻﻮت أﻗﺮب إﱃ اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ )‪(Multi Re-master‬‬
‫ﻧﻮع اﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫‪Functions‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪H.Bass‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫إﻳﻘﺎع ﻋﺎﻟﻲ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬اﻟﺒﻮب ﻭاﻟﺮﻭﻙ(‬
‫إﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎت ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬اﻟﺠﺎز(‬
‫إﻳﻘﺎع ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬اﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ(‬
‫إﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت أﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ اﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ‬
‫ﺧﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫‪ope2‬‬
‫• ﺗﺒﻌ ﹰﺎ‬
‫]‪EG4‬‬
‫‪dard‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫]‪EG4‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ‪ 48‬ﻙ ﻫـ ﻓﻘﻂ( ]‪[CD] [VCD‬‬
‫]‪) [DVD-V] [DVD-VR‬اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪،‬‬
‫• ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻚ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺻﻮت أﻗﺮب إﻟﻰ اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﺷﺎرات ﺗﺮدد أﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ‪ 48‬ﻙ ﻫـ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 96‬ﻙ ﻫـ‪ ) .‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪” ،20‬ﺗﺮدد‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮض اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ DVD-Video‬ﹼ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ“ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎت(‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺧﻼﻑ ‪ 8‬ﻙ ﻫـ‪ 16 ،‬ﻙ ﻫـ‪ 32 ،‬ﻙ ﻫـ(‬
‫]‪) [MP3] [WMA‬اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﺧﺮاج اﻟﺘﺮددات اﻷﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﻘﻮدة أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻹﻋﻄﺎﺋﻚ ﺻﻮت أﻗﺮب إﻟﻰ اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ]‪(LPCM) [CD] [DVD-V‬‬
‫]‪[DVD-V‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻭذﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻌ ﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺬا اﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ DVD‬ﻗﻨﺎة ‪.5.1‬‬
‫ﻫﺬا أﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻻﺟﺰاء ﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ذات ‪ 2‬ﻗﻨﺎة‪.‬‬
‫• إذا ﺗﻢ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ اﻟﺼﻮت أﻭ ﻭﺟﻮد ﺿﻮﺿﺎء‪ ،‬أﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ”‪.“Off‬‬
‫• ﻫﺬﻩ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ ) Night Sound Mode‬أﻋﻼﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪) SP‬ﺳﲈﻋﺔ ﺗﻜﺒﲑ( ‪(Natural) 1‬‬
‫‪(Enhanced) SP 2‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ا‬
‫إﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [MULTI RE-MASTER‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ “2”، “1‬أﻭ ”‪.“3‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﲑ اﻟﻘﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺳﲈﻋﺎت اﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ )‪(H.Bass‬‬
‫إﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [H.BASS‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪. “On‬‬
‫إﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [ADVANCED SURROUND‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪،“SP 2” ،“SP 1‬‬
‫”‪ “HP 1‬أﻭ ”‪.“HP 2‬‬
‫‪MULTI RE-MASTER‬‬
‫‪ (Night‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ]‪[DivX] [MPEG4] [JPEG‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺎﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻭاﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭذﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ اﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ اﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻫﺪﻭ ﹰء‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮر ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻨﺎﺗﻴﻦ أﻭ أﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫‪) HP‬ﺳﲈﻋﺔ رأس( ‪(Natural) 1‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،AV Enhancer‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺎت اﻟﻔﺮدﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ أدﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪Picture Mode‬‬
‫ﲣﻴﲇ )‪(Advanced Surround‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺼﻮت إﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﹼ‬
‫‪Functions‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Multi Re-master‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻱ‬
‫إﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ ،COAXIAL‬ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺧﺮج ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﺗﺒﻌ ﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ”‪“PCM Digital Output‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻘﻞ ”‪ ) “Audio‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(19‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻭذﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻌ ﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺬﻩ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ ) H.Bass ،Night Sound Mode‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ( أﻭ ‪) Advanced Surround‬‬
‫• ﻫﺬﻩ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ]‪ [MP3‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ DVD-RAM‬أﻭ ‪.DVD-R/RW‬‬
‫أﻋﻼﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 10‬‬
‫ ﻣﻦ‬‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ‬
‫‪LE‬‬
‫]‪VD-V‬‬
‫اﺿﻐ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫• ﻓﻲ‬
‫]‪D-VR‬‬
‫اﺿﻐ‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜ‬
‫• ﻣﻌﻠﻮ‬
‫اﻟﺰﻭﻡ‬
‫‪ZOOM‬‬
‫‪AUDIO‬‬
‫ﺻﻮر ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻮر ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺪ اﻟﺼﻮرة ذات ﻧﺴﺒﺔ أﺑﻌﺎد ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﹼ‬
‫‪Adv‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [ZOOM‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﻀﺒﻂ أﻭ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫”‪(Just Fit Zoom) .“Auto‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪Cinemascope2‬‬
‫ﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫‪Functions‬‬
‫‪a1.00‬‬
‫‪Just Fit Zoom‬‬
‫]‪[VCD] [DVD-V] [DVD-VR‬‬
‫‪4:3 Standard‬‬
‫‪European Vista‬‬
‫‪Cinemascope1‬‬
‫‪16:9 Standard‬‬
‫‪American Vista‬‬
‫• ﺗﺒﻌ ﹰﺎ ﻟﻨﻮع اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﻤﻬﻴﺄة ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[DivX] [MPEG4‬‬
‫‪Standard‬‬
‫‪Original‬‬
‫‪Full‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼت اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ )‪(Manual Zoom‬‬
‫ﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪،‬‬
‫”ﺗﺮدد‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ اﻟﱰﲨﺔ اﳌﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫]‪[DivX] [VCD] [DVD-V‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [SUBTITLE‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻟﻐﺔ اﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪/‬ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [w q‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ”‪ “On‬أﻭ اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ”‪.“Off‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ ،+RW/+R‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ أرﻗﺎﻡ ﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺎت ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫]‪) [DVD-VR‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ(‬
‫‪Mul‬‬
‫‪Functions‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [AUDIO‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﺴﺎر اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫]‪[VCD] [DVD-VR‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺰر ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ “L‬أﻭ ”‪ “R‬أﻭ ”‪.“LR‬‬
‫]‪[DivX‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Audio‬‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء ﻇﻬﻮر اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [w q‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ “L‬أﻭ ”‪ “R‬أﻭ ”‪.“LR‬‬
‫]‪) [DVD-V‬اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﻜﺎراؤﻛﻲ(‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء ﻇﻬﻮر اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [w q‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ”‪ “On‬أﻭ إﻳﻘﺎﻑ ”‪ “Off‬أﺻﻮات اﻟﻐﻨﺎء‪ .‬اﻗﺮأ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮع‪/‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻹﺷﺎرة‬
‫‪ :MPEG/MP3/DTS/ Digital/LPCM‬ﻧﻮع اﻹﺷﺎرة‬
‫‪) kHz‬ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ »ﻙ ﻫـ«(‪) ch/bit/‬ﻋﺪد اﻟﻘﻨﻮات(‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪3/2 .1ch :‬‬
‫‪ : 1‬ﻭﺳﻂ‬
‫‪ : 2‬أﻣﺎﻡ ﻳﺴﺎر ‪ +‬أﻣﺎﻡ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ : 3‬أﻣﺎﻡ ﻳﺴﺎر ‪ +‬أﻣﺎﻡ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ‪ +‬ﻭﺳﻄﻰ‬
‫‪ : 0‬ﻻ إﺣﺎﻃﺔ‬
‫‪ : 1‬إﺣﺎﻃﺔ أﺣﺎدﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ : 2‬إﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ )ﻳﻤﻴﻦ‪/‬ﻳﺴﺎر(‬
‫‪ : .1‬ﻣﺆﺛﺮ اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ‬
‫)ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮد إﺷﺎرة(‬
‫• ]‪ [DivX‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﻘﻀﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ أﻥ ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻟﻌﺮض إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﺼﻮت ﻋﻠﻰ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ DivX‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ANGLE/PAGE‬‬
‫‪Subtitle‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [SUBTITLE‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ”‪ “On‬أﻭ اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ”‪.“Off‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ إﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ أﻭ إﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺠﻼت اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ DVD‬ﻃﺮاز ‪.Panasonic‬‬
‫‪Functions‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺰاﻭﻳﺔ ]‪ [DVD-V‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ زﻭاﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ ]‪[JPEG‬‬
‫إﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [ANGLE/PAGE‬ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺰاﻭﻳﺔ أﻭ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪[DVD-V] :‬‬
‫‪Functions‬‬
‫‪1/4‬‬
‫‪GROUP‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺮﻳﺤﺔ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [w q‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ‪) .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﺿﻐﻄ ﹰﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﹰا ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮة ﻭاﺣﺪة ‪ ×1.00‬إﱃ ‪ ×1.60‬ﻣﺮة )ﺑﻮﺣﺪات ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،(0.01‬ﻭﻣﻦ ‪ ×1.60‬ﻣﺮة إﱃ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ‪) ×2.00‬ﺑﻮﺣﺪات ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪(0.02‬‬‫]‪ [DivX] [MPEG4‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ‪ ×2.00‬إﱃ ‪ ×4.00‬ﻣﺮات )ﺑﻮﺣﺪات ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪(0.05‬‬‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ ×4.00‬ﻣﺮات ﻭذﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻌ ﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺎت اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪SUBTITLE‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﺴﺎرات اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫‪Angle‬‬
‫ﺑﺪء اﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﻦ اﳌﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﳌﺨﺘﺎرة‬
‫]‪[DivX] [MPEG4] [JPEG] [MP3] [WMA‬‬
‫‪“PCM‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r‬أﻭ أرزار اﻷرﻗﺎﻡ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[ENTER‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪2/9/2006 5:38:51 PM‬‬
‫‪Functions‬‬
‫‪Group Search 1‬‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪرات اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﻠﻰ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ MP3/WMA‬ﻭ ‪ JPEG‬ﻭ ‪ MPEG4‬ﻭ ‪ DivX‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﻬﺎ ”ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت“‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[GROUP‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 11‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺮﻳﺤﺔ‬
‫‪PLAY SPEED‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻋﺮض اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ HighMAT‬ﻹﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ ﻭاﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪“Play as Data Disc‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ) Other Menu‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(17‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﴎﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ]‪[DVD-V] [DVD-VR‬‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [PLAY SPEED‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر أﺣﺪ‬
‫اﻷﻭﺿﺎع ”‪ “Fast‬أﻭ ”‪ “Normal‬أﻭ ”‪.“Slow‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼت اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫‪PLAY MODE‬‬
‫‪Functions‬‬
‫‪Normal‬‬
‫‪Fast‬‬
‫‪Slow‬‬
‫‪x1.4‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [w q‬ﻟﺰﻳﺎدة أﻭ ﺧﻔﺾ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﻦ ‪ 0.6‬ﻣﺮة إﻟﻰ ‪ 1.4‬ﻣﺮة ﺑﻮﺣﺪات ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪.0.1‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺮﻳﺤﺔ‬
‫• ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﻟﻰ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﺎدﻱ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.(PLAY) [q‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺪ أﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ‪Multi Re-master ،Advanced Surround ،H.Bass ،Night Sound Mode‬‬‫) ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (10‬ﻭ ‪ ) Sound Enhancement‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(17‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺧﺮج اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ إﻟﻰ ‪.PCM‬‬
‫ ﹼ‬‫ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 96‬ﻙ ﻫـ إﻟﻰ ‪ 48‬ﻙ ﻫـ‪.‬‬‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻭذﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻌ ﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪MANUAL SKIP‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﲣﻄﻲ ‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ إﱃ اﻷﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫]‪) [DVD-V] [DVD-VR‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ‪(+R/+RW‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻲ اﻹﻋﻼﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﺠﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[MANUAL SKIP‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻭذﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻌ ﹰﺎ ﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ]‪:[DVD-VR‬‬
‫ ﻣﻊ ﺟﺰء اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ‪.‬‬‫ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬‫‪QUICK REPLAY‬‬
‫إﻋﺎدة اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﴪﻳﻌﺔ )ﻓﻘﻂ إذا ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ إﻇﻬﺎر ﻣﺪة اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻴﺔ(‬
‫]‪[CD] [VCD] [MP3] [WMA] [DVD-V] [DVD-VR‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺛﻮاﻥﹴ إﱃ اﳋﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪[QUICK REPLAY‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻭذﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻌ ﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺬﻩ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪.+R/+RW‬‬
‫‪ FUNCTIONS‬اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺘﻜﺮر )ﻓﻘﻂ إذا ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ إﻇﻬﺎر ﻣﺪة اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫]‪ : [JPEG‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺪة ﻣﻨﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪Play Speed‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫إﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[FUNCTIONS‬‬
‫إﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r‬ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ “Other Settings‬ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[q‬‬
‫إﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r‬ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ “Play Menu‬ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[q‬‬
‫إﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r‬ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ “Repeat‬ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[q‬‬
‫إﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r‬ﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻜﺮارﻩ ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[ENTER‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﱪﻣﺞ )ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 32‬ﺑﻨﺪ ﹰا( )ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ]‪([DVD-VR‬‬
‫‪ 1‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬إﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [PLAY MODE‬ﻋﺪة ﻣﺮات‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎﻡ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺒﻨﻮد ) ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،9‬ﹺ‬
‫أدﺧﻞ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺮر ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺨﻄﻮة ﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﺑﻨﻮد أﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪ 3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.(PLAY) [q‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﲨﻴﻊ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد )ﻋﲆ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ أﻭ ﰲ اﳌﺼﻨﹼﻒ أﻭ اﳌﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ(‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪CT‬‬
‫‪TOR‬‬
‫]‪[ENTER‬‬
‫ﻭ ]‪ [e r‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫”‪“ALL‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫]‪[ENTER‬‬
‫•ﻻ ﺗ‬
‫•ﻻ ﻳ‬
‫ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ‪[DVD-V] ،‬‬
‫‪Choose a title and chapter.‬‬
‫‪No. Title Chapter Time‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪Play‬‬
‫‪Clear‬‬
‫ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮ￯‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪Clear all‬‬
‫•‬
‫‪ 3‬اﺿ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺒﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺮر اﻟﺨﻄﻮة ‪.2‬‬
‫ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﹼ‬‫ ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪) [CANCEL‬أﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ “Clear‬ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.([ENTER‬‬‫• اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [ANGLE/PAGE‬ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻠﻮ اﻷﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ “Clear all‬ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ .[ENTER‬ﻳﺘﻢ أﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎﻑ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز أﻭ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪PLAY MODE‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ )ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ]‪([DVD-VR‬‬
‫‪ 1‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬إﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [PLAY MODE‬ﻋﺪة ﻣﺮات‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫]‪[DivX] [MPEG4] [JPEG] [MP3] [WMA] [DVD-V‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎﻡ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ أﻭ اﳌﺼﻨﹼﻒ‬
‫) ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،9‬ﹺ‬
‫أدﺧﻞ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.(PLAY) [q‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿ‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪ 3‬اﺿ‬
‫ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ‪[DVD-V] ،‬‬
‫‪Rand‬‬
‫‪laAyYbtaocsktar t‬‬
‫‪Proem‬‬
‫‪ss P‬‬
‫‪PL‬‬
‫‪Choose a title.‬‬
‫‪Title 1‬‬
‫‪PLAY to star t‬‬
‫‪0 ~ 9 to select‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭج ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﱪﻣﺞ أﻭ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [PLAY MODE‬ﻋﺪة ﻣﺮات ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻗ‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿ‬
‫‪ 3‬اﺿ‬
‫•‬
‫‪ 4‬اﺿ‬
‫• ﺗﺒﻌ ﹰﺎ ﻟﻨﻮع اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ إﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪2/9/2006 5:52:04 PM‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿ‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿ‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 12‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫‪“Play‬‬
‫‪DIRECT‬‬
‫‪NAVIGATOR‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﱪاﻣﺞ‪/‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ]‪[DVD-VR‬‬
‫‪PLAY LIST‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺮض ﻧﺺ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪.CD‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ إﻻ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ أدﺧﻠﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﻌﺮض ﻭاﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﺴﺎر ﹲ‬
‫)اﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ( ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫]‪.[ENTER‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‬
‫‪No‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[DIRECT NAVIGATOR‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r‬أﻭ أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎﻡ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪Direct Navigator‬‬
‫• اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [ANGLE/PAGE‬ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻠﻮ اﻷﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر رﻗﻢ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﺘﲔ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪[ 10] :23‬‬
‫• اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [q‬ﻹﻇﻬﺎر ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[ENTER‬‬
‫]‪[2‬‬
‫]‪[3‬‬
‫‪Contents‬‬
‫‪Title‬‬
‫‪Monday feature‬‬
‫‪Auto action‬‬
‫‪Cinema‬‬
‫‪Music‬‬
‫‪Baseball‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Date‬‬
‫‪No.‬‬
‫‪0:05‬‬
‫‪1:05‬‬
‫‪2:21‬‬
‫‪3:37‬‬
‫‪11:05‬‬
‫)‪11/ 1(WED‬‬
‫)‪1/ 1 (MON‬‬
‫)‪2/ 2 (TUE‬‬
‫)‪3/ 3 (WED‬‬
‫)‪4/10(THU‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪9 to select‬‬
‫‪RETURN‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪Playlist‬‬
‫• اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [ANGLE/PAGE‬ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻠﻮ اﻷﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪10] :23‬‬
‫‪ 3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[ENTER‬‬
‫[‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Contents‬‬
‫‪to exit‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض ﻣﺸﻬﺪ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﳋﻄﻮﺗﲔ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ‪ ) 2‬أﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﺮض(‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[q‬‬
‫‪ 3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ “Scene List‬ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[ENTER‬‬
‫‪Ashley at Prom‬‬
‫‪City Penguin‬‬
‫‪Formura one‬‬
‫‪Soccer‬‬
‫‪Baseball‬‬
‫‪Neanderthal‬‬
‫‪Cartoons‬‬
‫‪Trilobites‬‬
‫‪White Dwarf‬‬
‫‪Discovery‬‬
‫• اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [ANGLE/PAGE‬ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻠﻮ اﻷﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭج ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫‪No.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪9 to select and press ENTER‬‬
‫‪to select and press ENTER‬‬
‫‪RETURN‬‬
‫إﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [FUNCTIONS‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ إﺧﻄﺎرات‬
‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫‪TOP MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪[JPEG] [MP3] [WMA] HighMATTM‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻘﻠﻚ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض أﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ أﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﺮض‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [TOP MENU‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [RETURN‬ﻋﺪة ﻣﺮات‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[FUNCTIONS‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫• ﻹﻇﻬﺎر اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ أﻭ اﻟﺨﺮﻭج ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[TOP MENU‬‬
‫اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [w‬ﺛﻢ ]‪ [e r‬ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ ﺑﻨﻮد ”‪“Playlist‬‬
‫ﻭ ”‪ “Group‬ﻭ ”‪.“Content‬‬
‫‪ 3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [q‬ﺛﻢ ]‪ [e r‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺑﻨﺪ ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[ENTER‬‬
‫‪Pink Island‬‬
‫‪Playlist‬‬
‫‪All By Artist‬‬
‫‪No.‬‬
‫‪Content title‬‬
‫‪1 Few times in summer‬‬
‫‪2 Less and less‬‬
‫‪And when I was born‬‬
‫‪Quatre gymnopedies‬‬
‫‪You've made me sad‬‬
‫• اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [ANGLE/PAGE‬ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻠﻮ اﻷﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭج ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫‪Playlist‬‬
‫‪Group‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪Content‬‬
‫‪I can't quit him‬‬
‫‪7 Evening glory‬‬
‫‪8 Wheeling spin‬‬
‫‪9 Velvet Cuppermine‬‬
‫‪10 Ziggy starfish‬‬
‫‪to exit‬‬
‫‪RETURN‬‬
‫‪ENTER to play‬‬
‫‪to select‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ “Contents‬ﻹﻇﻬﺎر ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r w q‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﺸﻬﺪ ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[ENTER‬‬
‫‪RETURN‬‬
‫‪Title‬‬
‫‪City Penguin‬‬
‫‪Ashley at Prom‬‬
‫‪Formula one‬‬
‫‪Soccer‬‬
‫‪Baseball‬‬
‫‪Total Time‬‬
‫‪0:00:01‬‬
‫‪0:01:20‬‬
‫‪1:10:04‬‬
‫‪0:10:20‬‬
‫‪0:00:01‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Date‬‬
‫‪11/1‬‬
‫‪1/ 1‬‬
‫‪2/ 2‬‬
‫‪3/ 3‬‬
‫‪4/10‬‬
‫‪1.‬‬
‫‪2.‬‬
‫‪3.‬‬
‫‪4.‬‬
‫‪5.‬‬
‫‪6.‬‬
‫‪7.‬‬
‫‪8.‬‬
‫‪9.‬‬
‫‪10.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[PLAY LIST‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r‬أﻭ أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎﻡ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر رﻗﻢ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﺘﲔ‬
‫‪2 01‬‬
‫‪1/23‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r w q‬ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[ENTER‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﺮض )ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺣﺘﻮاء اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﺮض(‬
‫]‪[2‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﺺ ‪CD text‬‬
‫‪CD Text‬‬
‫‪Disc Title:‬‬
‫‪All By Artist‬‬
‫‪Disc Artist: Pink Island‬‬
‫‪Track Title: Ashley at Prom‬‬
‫‪Track Artist: SHIPWRECKED‬‬
‫‪to exit‬‬
‫‪to exit‬‬
‫]‪[3‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪[CD] CD‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪2/9/2006 5:38:58 PM‬‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 13‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫‪TOP MENU‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎج‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ]‪[DivX] [MPEG4] [JPEG] [MP3] [WMA‬‬
‫اﺗﹼﺒﻊ ا‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ ) “Play as Data Disc‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (Other Menu ،17‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ ﻟﻌﺮض اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ HighMAT‬دﻭﻥ اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.HighMAT‬‬‫ ﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﺤﺘﻮ￯ ]‪ [MP3‬أﻭ ]‪ [JPEG‬أﻭ ]‪ [MPEG4‬أﻭ ]‪ [DivX‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ DVD-RAM‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ]‪ [DVD-VR‬ﻭﻧﻤﻂ آﺧﺮ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬‫ﻼ‪([JPEG] ،‬‬
‫■ اﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﺒﻨﻮد ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ )‪(Playback Menu‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫”‪ “All‬أﻭ ”‪ “Audio‬أﻭ ”‪ “Picture‬أﻭ”‪“Video‬‬
‫ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[ENTER‬‬
‫• ﻹﻇﻬﺎر اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ أﻭ اﻟﺨﺮﻭج ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[TOP MENU‬‬
‫‪Playback Menu‬‬
‫‪Total 436‬‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪Total 7‬‬
‫‪Audio‬‬
‫‪Total 427‬‬
‫‪Picture‬‬
‫‪Video‬‬
‫‪Total 2‬‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬
‫‪to select and press‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت‬
‫‪WMA/MP3‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[FUNCTIONS‬‬
‫‪ 3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ .[ENTER‬اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت ﻭاﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮ￯‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮ￯ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﻤﺼﻐﹼ ﺮات ]‪[JPEG‬‬
‫إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ WMA/MP3‬ﻭ ‪ JPEG‬ﻭ ‪ MPEG4‬ﻭ ‪ DivX‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫‪ WMA/MP3‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫‪ JPEG‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫‪ MPEG4‬ﻭ ‪ DivX‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ إﺧﻄﺎرات اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﻮاﻥ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮ￯ أﻭ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ) راﺟﻊ أدﻧﺎﻩ(‬
‫‪JPEG‬‬
‫‪ MPEG4‬ﻭ ‪DivX‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎر )‪(Navigation Menu‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r w q‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[ENTER‬‬
‫‪ • 3‬ﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﰲ اﳌﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﱰﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[ENTER‬‬
‫• ﻟﺒﺪء اﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﻦ اﳌﺤﺘﻮﻯ اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r‬ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[ENTER‬‬
‫رﻗﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭاﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮ￯ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭض ﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﹰﺎ‬
‫‪JPEG‬‬
‫‪: JPEG‬‬
‫‪: WMA/MP3‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎر ﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﹰﺎ‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪2/9/2006 5:39:00 PM‬‬
‫‪Perfume‬‬
‫‪001 My favorite1‬‬
‫‪002 My favorite2‬‬
‫‪001 Brazilian‬‬
‫‪002 Chinese‬‬
‫‪003 Czech‬‬
‫‪004 Hungarian‬‬
‫‪005 Japanese‬‬
‫‪006 Mexican‬‬
‫‪007 Philippine‬‬
‫‪008 Swedish‬‬
‫‪009 Piano‬‬
‫‪010 Vocal‬‬
‫‪Content 0001/0005‬‬
‫• ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎع ﻟﺼﻮت ‪ WMA/MP3‬أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮض ﺻﻮرة ‪ JPEG‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺻﻮرة ‪ JPEG‬أﻭ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪.WMA/MP3‬‬
‫)اﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻌﻜﺴﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪(.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭج ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪Navigation Menu‬‬
‫‪002 My favorite2 005 Japanese 001 Lady Starfish‬‬
‫‪001 Lady Starfish‬‬
‫‪002 Metal Glue‬‬
‫‪003 Life on Jupiter‬‬
‫‪004 Starperson‬‬
‫‪005 Starperson‬‬
‫‪ MPEG4‬ﻭ ‪ DivX‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪:‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻠﻮ اﻷﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫• اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪[ANGLE/PAGE‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض‬
‫)‬
‫‪to exit‬‬
‫‪RETURN‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮ￯‬
‫• ﻧﻮﺻ‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫اﻟﺮﻣ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤ‬
‫• إذا‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤ‬
‫‪All‬‬
‫‪Audio‬‬
‫‪Picture‬‬
‫‪Video‬‬
‫‪Help display‬‬
‫‪Find‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻋﺪد ﻣ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺒﺎر‬
‫■ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﻮاﻥ اﳌﺤﺘﻮﻯ أﻭ اﳌﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪Group 005/023‬‬
‫‪to display the sub menu‬‬
‫‪Multi‬‬
‫‪List‬‬
‫‪Tree‬‬
‫‪Thumbnail‬‬
‫‪Next group‬‬
‫‪Previous group‬‬
‫‪FUNCTIONS‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[MENU‬‬
‫• اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [w q‬ﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﻮاﻥ اﳌﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ أﻭ ﻋﻨﻮاﻥ اﳌﺤﺘﻮ￯ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﳏﺘﻮاﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[FUNCTIONS‬‬
‫‪Find‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ “Find‬ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[ENTER‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳊﺮﻑ ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[ENTER‬‬
‫ﻛﺮر ﻹدﺧﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻑ آﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﹼ‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ أﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ اﳊﺮﻭﻑ اﻟﺼﻐﲑة )اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [t y‬ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺑﲔ ‪ A‬ﻭ ‪ E‬ﻭ ‪ I‬ﻭ ‪ O‬ﻭ ‪.U‬‬
‫• ﳌﺴﺢ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[w‬‬
‫• اﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ) ( ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺑﺪء ﹰا ﺑﺬﻟﻚ اﳊﺮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [q‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ “Find‬ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[ENTER‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﺤﺘﻮﻯ أﻭ اﳌﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[ENTER‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪¢‬‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 14‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋ‬
‫• ﻳﺘﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻤ‬‫ﻗﻤ‬‫ﻗﻤ‬‫اﻟ‬
‫• ﻻﺗ‬
‫‪enu‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ‪DivX VOD‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﻮ￯ )‪ DivX (VOD‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ اﻟﻄﺒﻊ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﺤﺘﻮ￯ ‪ DivX VOD‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎج أﻭ ﹰﻻ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﹼﺒﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻹﻟﻴﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺸﺮاء ﻣﺤﺘﻮ￯ ‪ DivX VOD‬ﻹدﺧﺎﻝ رﻣﺰ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻭﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮﻝ ‪ ،DivX VOD‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎرة اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪.www.divx.com/vod‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض رﻣﺰ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬
‫) ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ “DivX Registration” ،19‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ »ﻏﻴﺮ ذﻟﻚ« ”‪(“Othes‬‬
‫‪Setup‬‬
‫‪DivX Registration‬‬
‫‪ 8‬ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻭأرﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫‪DivX Video-on-Demand‬‬
‫‪Your registration code is : XXXXXXXX‬‬
‫‪To learn more visit www.divx.com/vod‬‬
‫‪to continue‬‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬
‫‪Disc‬‬
‫‪Video‬‬
‫‪Audio‬‬
‫‪Display‬‬
‫‪Others‬‬
‫‪Press‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪V‬‬
‫‪H‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ‪ DivX‬اﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ إﻻ ﻋﺪدﹰ ا ﻣﺤﺪﻭدﹰ ا ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺮات‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ‪ DivX VOD‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ إﻻ ﻋﺪدﹰا ﻣﺤﺪﻭدﹰا ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺮات‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺮض ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺪد ﻣﺮات اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮض ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت إذا ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺮات اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺻﻔﺮ‪) .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺒﺎرة ”‪(.“Rented Movie Expired‬‬
‫‪¢‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬا اﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﲆ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ اﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﳌﻄﺎﻟﺒﺎت ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺑﺮاءات اﻹﺧﱰاع ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت‬
‫اﳌﺘﺤﺪة ﻭﺣﻘﻮﻕ اﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﻟﻔﺮدﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﲤﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﴍﻛﺔ ﻣﺎﻛﺮﻭﻓﻴﺰﻥ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻜﻲ اﳊﻘﻮﻕ اﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ اﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﲆ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﴍﻛﺔ ﻣﺎﻛﺮﻭﻓﻴﺰﻥ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ اﳌﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ اﳊﻘﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﺪة ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﺎت اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﻨﺰﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺮﻭض أﺧﺮ￯ ﻣﺤﺪﻭدة ﻓﻘﻂ إﻻ إذا ﺗﻢ اﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻣﻦ ﴍﻛﺔ ﻣﺎﻛﺮﻭﻓﻴﺰﻥ‪ .‬اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴﺔ أﻭ اﻟﻔﻚ ﳑﻨﻮﻋﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻚ ﺷﻴﻔﺮة ﺻﻮت ‪ MPEG Layer-3‬ﻣﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ‪ Fraunhofer IIS‬ﻭ ‪.Thomson multimedia‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﺘﹶﺞ ﻣﺮﺧﺺ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ رﺧﺼﺔ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﺮاءة اﺧﺘﺮاع ‪ MPEG-4 Visual‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺬا ﹸ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﺎرﻱ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻟﻐﺮض )‪ (i‬ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻃﺒﻘ ﹰﺎ ﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس ‪(“MPEG-4 Video”) MPEG-4 Visual Standard‬‬
‫ﻭ‪/‬أﻭ )‪ (ii‬ﻓﻚ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ‪ MPEG-4 Video‬اﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻨﺸﺎط ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺠﺎرﻱ ﻭ‪/‬أﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭد ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺮﺧﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ MPEG LA‬ﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪ ‪ . MPEG-4 Video‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ أﻱ رﺧﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻢ اﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﹼ‬
‫أﺧﺮ￯ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﺣﺔ أﻭ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻋﺘﺒﺎرﻫﺎ ﺿﻤﻨﻴ ﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﺣﺔ ﻷﻱ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻡ آﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
‫إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﺎت ﻭاﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻟﻸﻏﺮاض اﻟﺪﻋﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭاﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭاﻟﺘﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ .MPEG LA, LLC‬راﺟﻊ اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪.http://www.mpegla.com‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺒﺎرة ‪ HighMATTM‬ﻭاﻟﺸﻌﺎر ‪ HighMAT‬ﻫﻤﺎ إﻣﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺘﺎﻥ أﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft Corporation‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة ﻭ‪/‬أﻭ اﻟﺪﻭﻝ اﻷﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ‪ Windows Media‬ﻭاﻟﺸﻌﺎر ‪ Windows‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ‬
‫أﻭﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﺟﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft Corporation‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة ﻭ‪/‬أﻭ اﻟﺪﻭﻝ اﻷﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫‪ WMA‬ﻫﻮ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻮر ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Microsoft Corporation‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ﻣﻠﻒ أﺻﻐﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﻧﻔﺲ ﺟﻮدة اﻟﺼﻮت ‪ MP3‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ‪.MP3‬‬
‫ﹸﻣﻨ ﹶﺘﺞ ‪ DivX® Certified‬رﺳﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮض ﲨﻴﻊ إﺻﺪرات ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ®‪) DivX‬ﺑﲈ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ ‪ (DivX® 6‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﳌﻠﻔﺎت ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ®‪.DivX‬‬
‫‪ DivX‬ﻭ ‪ DivX Certified‬ﻭاﻟﺸﻌﺎرات اﳌﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﲡﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪DivX, Inc.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮض ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت‬
‫• ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﻋﺪد ﻣﺮات اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺪار ﻭاﺣﺪ إذا‬
‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ] [ أﻭ ]‪.[SETUP‬‬‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ]‪] .(STOP) [g‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ (PAUSE) [h‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ اﻟﻌﺮض‪[.‬‬‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ]‪ (SKIP) [u i‬أﻭ ]‪ (SEARCH) [ t y‬اﻟﺦ ﻭﻭﺻﻠﺖ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﻮ￯ آﺧﺮ أﻭ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮ￯‬‫اﻟﺠﺎرﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،16‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ‪Play‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ أﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ) ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،8‬اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ( ﻭاﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ‪) Marker‬‬
‫‪.(Menu‬‬
‫”‪ “DTS‬ﻭ ”‪ “DTS 2.0 + Digital Out‬ﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﺎﻥ ﲡﺎرﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Digital Theater Systems, Inc.‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ‪DivX VOD‬‬
‫• ﻧﻮﺻﻴﻚ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺮض ﻣﺤﺘﻮ￯ ‪ DivX VOD‬ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮة‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض رﻣﺰ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ آﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ”‪ .“DivX Registraion‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬا‬
‫اﻟﺮﻣﺰ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻠﻲ اﻵﺧﺮ ﻟﺸﺮاء ﻣﺤﺘﻮ￯ ‪ .DivX VOD‬إذا اﺳﺘﻌﻤﻠﺖ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﺸﺮاء ﻣﺤﺘﻮ￯ ‪ DivX VOD‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻌﺮض‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮ￯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﻌﻮد ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ أﻥ ﺗﻌﺮض أﻱ ﻣﺤﺘﻮ￯ اﺷﺘﺮﻳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ اﻟﺮﻣﺰ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• إذا اﺷﺘﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﺤﺘﻮ￯ ‪ DivX VOD‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ رﻣﺰ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ رﻣﺰ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮض ﻫﺬا‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮ￯‪) .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﻌﺒﺎرة ”‪(.“Authorization Error‬‬
‫أﻧﺘﺞ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ رﺧﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ “Dolby” .Dolby Laboratories‬ﻭاﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ D‬اﻟﻤﺰدﻭج ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Dolby Laboratories‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪2/14/2006 2:03:50 PM‬‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 15‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪FUNCTIONS‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫اﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ إﱃ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺗﺒﻌ ﹰﺎ ﻟﻨﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮاﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻮدة إﱃ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺪء ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﲔ‬
‫‪Program, Group, Title‬‬
‫‪Chapter, Track‬‬
‫• إﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r‬ﻟﻺﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[ENTER‬‬
‫• إﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r‬ﻭاﺑﻘﻪ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃ ﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﲑ ﺑﴪﻋﺔ أﻛﱪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Playlist, Content‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺗﺼﺎﻋﺪﻳ ﹰﺎ أﻭ ﺗﻨﺎزﻟﻴ ﹰﺎ )ﻟﻠﻌﺮض ﻓﻘﻂ ‪(Time Slip‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [ENTER‬ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ﻹﻇﻬﺎر ﻣﺆﴍ اﻻرﺗﺪاد اﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ‪.Time Slip‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.[ENTER‬‬
‫‪Time‬‬
‫• اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [e r‬ﹺ‬
‫ﻭأﺑﻘﻪ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃ ﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺑﴪﻋﺔ أﻛﱪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺪء ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﲔ )‪(Time Search‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻗﺮاءة اﳌﺪة اﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‪/‬اﳌﺪة اﳌﻨﻘﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮض ﻋﺪد ﻋﻨﺎﴏ اﻟﺼﻮرة )ﺑﻴﻜﺴﻞ(‬
‫‪Video‬‬
‫]‪ [DivX‬ﻳﺘﻢ أﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻌﺒﺎرة ‪) fps‬إﻃﺎر ﻛﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Audio‬‬
‫‪Thumbnail‬‬
‫‪Subtitle‬‬
‫)‪Marker (VR‬‬
‫‪Angle‬‬
‫‪Rotate Picture‬‬
‫‪Slideshow‬‬
‫‪Other Settings‬‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ‪+RW/+R‬‬
‫) ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،11‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﺴﺎرات اﻟﺼﻮت(‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ اﻟﺒﹺﺖ أﻭ ﺗﺮدد اﳌﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ اﳊﺎﱄ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮض ﹼ‬
‫ﻹﻇﻬﺎر اﻟﺼﻮر اﳌﺼﻐﹼ ﺮة‬
‫) ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،11‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ اﻟﱰﲨﺔ اﳌﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ(‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎد اﳌﺆﴍ اﳌﺴﺠﻞ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻼت ‪.DVD-Video‬‬
‫)‬
‫ادﻧﺎﻩ(‬
‫اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺎت اﻷﺧﺮﻯ )‪(Other Settings‬‬
‫‪Play Speed‬‬
‫‪AV Enhancer‬‬
‫‪2/9/2006 5:39:10 PM‬‬
‫)‬
‫)‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،12‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﴎﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض(‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(10‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭج ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺎت‪.‬‬
‫■ ‪Play Menu‬‬
‫)ﻓﻘﻂ إذا ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ إﻇﻬﺎر ﻣﺪة اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ [JPEG] ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺘﻲ اﻟﺘﻜﺮار ‪ Repeat‬ﻭاﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ‪(.Marker‬‬
‫‪Repeat‬‬
‫‪A-B Repeat‬‬
‫‪Marker‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ]‪[DVD-VR‬‬
‫‪Advanced‬‬
‫‪Disc Review‬‬
‫■ ‪Picture Menu‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،11‬اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺰاﻭﻳﺔ(‬
‫) ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،11‬ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ(‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺴﻼﻳﺪ ﺷﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬أﺑﻄﺄ(‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ اﻟﺴﻼﻳﺪ ﺷﻮ )‪ 1‬أﴎع‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ إﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ اﻟﺴﻼﻳﺪ ﺷﻮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﲣﻄﻲ‪/‬ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺗﺒﻌ ﹰﺎ ﻋﲆ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫)‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪RETURN‬‬
‫‪put‬‬
‫‪de‬‬
‫‪Picture Mode‬‬
‫) ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،12‬اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺘﻜﺮر(‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﺮار ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻌﲔ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [ENTER‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﻲ اﻟﺒﺪء ﻭاﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [ENTER‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮ￯ ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ]‪) [DVD-VR‬اﳉﺰء اﳋﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ(‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﱃ ‪ 5‬ﻣﻮاﺿﻊ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪) [ENTER‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ اﳉﻬﺎز اﻵﻥ ﺟﺎﻫﺰ ﹰا ﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ اﳌﺆﴍات‪(.‬‬
‫]‪) [ENTER‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ(‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ‪:‬‬
‫]‪[ENTER‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ آﺧﺮ‪ [w q] :‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ” “‬
‫]‪[ENTER‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ﻣﺆﴍ‪[w q] :‬‬
‫]‪[CANCEL‬‬
‫]‪[w q‬‬
‫ﳌﺴﺢ ﻣﺆﴍ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ اﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﱪﻣﺞ ﻭاﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﻮﻝ اﳉﻬﺎز إﱃ ﻭﺿﻊ اﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎر‪.‬‬
‫• اﳌﺆﴍات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ أﻭ ﹼ‬
‫)‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(9‬‬
‫‪ :Normal‬اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﳛﺴﻦ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﰲ اﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ اﳌﻌﺘﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Cinema1‬ﻳﻀﻔﻲ ﻋﺬﻭﺑﺔ ﻋﲆ اﻟﺼﻮر ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﳛﺴﻦ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﰲ اﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ اﳌﻌﺘﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Cinema2‬ﳚﻌﻞ اﻟﺼﻮر أﻛﺜﺮ ﹼ‬
‫ﺣﺪة ﹼ‬
‫‪ :Animation‬ﻣﻼﺋﻢ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻮﻡ اﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﳛﺴﻦ اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻹﻋﻄﺎء ﺻﻮر ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪:Dynamic‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪) User‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [ENTER‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ ) (“Picture Adjustment‬أدﻧﺎﻩ(‬
‫‪Picture Adjustment‬‬
‫‪ :Contrast‬ﻳﺰﻳﺪ اﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺑﲔ اﻷﺟﺰاء اﳌﴩﻗﺔ ﻭاﳌﻌﺘﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻮرة )ﻣﻦ ‪ –7‬إﱃ ‪.(+7‬‬
‫‪ :Brightness‬ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﻮع اﻟﺼﻮرة )ﻣﻦ ‪ 0‬إﱃ ‪.(+15‬‬
‫ﺣﺪة ﺣﻮاﻑ اﳋﻄﻮط اﻷﻓﻘﻴﺔ )ﻣﻦ ‪ –7‬إﱃ ‪.(+7‬‬
‫‪ :Sharpness‬ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﹼ‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﻇﻼﻝ أﻟﻮاﻥ اﻟﺼﻮرة )ﻣﻦ ‪ –7‬إﱃ ‪.(+7‬‬
‫‪:Colour‬‬
‫‪ :Gamma‬ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺳﻄﻮع اﻷﺟﺰاء اﳌﻈﻠﻤﺔ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 0‬إﱃ ‪.(+5‬‬
‫‪ :Depth Enhancer‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺨﻔﺾ اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء اﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪة ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﻄﺎء إﺣﺴﺎس أﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻖ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 0‬اﱃ ‪(+4‬‬
‫‪ :MPEG DNR‬ﳚﻌﻞ ﺿﻮﺿﺎء اﻟﻜﺘﻞ أﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﻼﺳﺔ ﻭﻳﻘﻠﻞ اﻟﺘﻠﻄﺦ اﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺣﻮﻝ اﻷﺟﺰاء‬
‫اﳌﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻮرة )ﻣﻦ ‪ 0‬إﱃ ‪.(+3‬‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 16‬‬
‫‪de‬‬
‫‪ect‬‬
‫]‪vX‬‬
‫■‪u‬‬
‫‪nd‬‬
‫‪de‬‬
‫‪ss‬‬
‫‪ed‬‬
‫‪nd‬‬
‫‪ue‬‬
‫‪cer‬‬
‫‪ter‬‬
‫‪Video Output‬‬
‫‪Mode‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺼﻮت ﻭاﺿﺢ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻌﺎدﻱ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ‪ 48‬ﻙ ﻫـ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫]‪) [DVD-V] [DVD-VR‬اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪576p/480p‬‬
‫)ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻲ(‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪) 576i/480i‬ﻣﻀﻔﹼ ﺮ(‬
‫)ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻲ( ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ “Yes‬إﻻ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲣﺘﺎر أﺣﺪ اﻟﻮﺿﻌﲔ ”‪p‬‬
‫“ ﹼ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ اﳋﺮج اﻟﺘﻘﺪﹼ ﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎزﻙ ﻣﻮﺻ ﹰ‬
‫اﻷرﻗﺎﻡ اﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﲆ اﳌﻮﻗﻊ اﳉﻐﺮاﰲ ﻭاﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﳚﺮﻱ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض أﺣﺪ اﻷرﻗﺎﻡ أﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪Sound‬‬
‫‪Enhancement‬‬
‫أﻋﻼﻩ(‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﺮج اﻟﺘﻘﺪﹼ ﻣﻲ‬
‫‪(.M‬‬
‫‪Transfer Mode‬‬
‫]‪[DivX‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲣﺘﺎر ”‪ “Auto‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﲤﻴﻴﺰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎت ‪ DivX‬ﻭإﺧﺮاﺟﻬﺎ‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺼﻮرة‬
‫ﻣﺸﻮﻫﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”)‪ “I (Interlace‬أﻭ ”)‪ “P (Progressive‬ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻷﻱ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﻲ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﻋﲆ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Auto‬‬
‫‪) (Interlace) I‬ﻣﻀﻔﹼ ﺮ(‬
‫)ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻲ(‬
‫‪(Progressive) P‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫• ﻫﺬا ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ Advanced Surround ،H.Bass ،Night Sound Mode‬أﻭ‬
‫‪ ) Multi Re-master‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(10‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻭذﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻌ ﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺬﻩ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ]‪ [MP3‬ﻋﲆ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ DVD-RAM‬أﻭ ‪.DVD-R/RW‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼت ﺧﺮج اﻟﺼﻮت ‪ ) AUDIO OUT‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(6‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻮﻫﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ إذا ﻛﺎﻥ اﻟﺼﻮت ﹼ‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫■ ‪Display Menu‬‬
‫‪Information‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Subtitle Position‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 0‬إﱃ ‪) – 60‬ﺑﻮﺣﺪات ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪(2‬‬
‫‪Subtitle Brightness‬‬
‫‪ ،Auto‬ﻣﻦ ‪ 0‬إﱃ ‪– 7‬‬
‫‪4:3 Aspect‬‬
‫‪Just Fit Zoom‬‬
‫‪Bit Rate Display‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫اﳌﻌﺪة ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺎت ذات ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد ‪ 4:3‬ﻋﲆ ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ أﺑﻌﺎدﻩ ‪16:9‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ إﻇﻬﺎر اﻟﺼﻮر ﹼ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺪ اﻟﺼﻮرة ﻋﺮﺿﻴﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Normal‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﹼ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ﹰﺎ إﱃ ”‪ “Zoom‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﺼﻮر ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ :Auto‬اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ”‪ .“Shrink‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬا ﹼ‬
‫‪:Shrink‬‬
‫‪:Zoom‬‬
‫‪Manual Zoom‬‬
‫■ ‪Audio Menu‬‬
‫‪Night Sound‬‬
‫‪Mode‬‬
‫‪Attenuator‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻂ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺼﻮر ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ إﱃ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد ‪.4:3‬‬
‫)‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،11‬اﻟﺰﻭﻡ(‬
‫)‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،11‬اﻟﺰﻭﻡ(‬
‫ﺻﻮر ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫)‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(10‬‬
‫‪GUI See-through‬‬
‫‪H.Bass‬‬
‫)‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(10‬‬
‫‪) Auto ،On ،Off‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮر اﻟﺼﻮر ﻋﲆ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‪(.‬‬
‫‪GUI Brightness‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ –3‬إﱃ ‪+ 3‬‬
‫‪Advanced‬‬
‫‪Surround‬‬
‫)‬
‫ﱃ ‪(+4‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﲈع ﻟﻠﺤﻮار ﰲ اﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﲆ‬
‫]‪ 3 ،MPEG ، DTS ،Dolby Digital) [DVD-V‬ﻗﻨﻮات أﻭ أﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻥ اﳊﻮار ﻣﺴﺠ ﹰ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻨﺎة اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ(‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﲆ اﻟﻘﻨﺎة اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ(‬
‫]‪ 3 ،Dolby Digital) [DivX‬ﻗﻨﻮات أﻭ أﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻥ اﳊﻮار ﻣﺴﺠ ﹰ‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Multi Re-master‬‬
‫‪2/9/2006 5:39:12 PM‬‬
‫)‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(10‬‬
‫■ ‪Other Menu‬‬
‫)‬
‫‪Setup‬‬
‫‪Play as DVD-VR‬‬
‫‪Play as HighMAT‬‬
‫أﻭ‬
‫‪Play as Data Disc‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،18‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﲥﻴﺌﺎت اﳌﺸﻐﹼ ﻞ(‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ “Play as Data Disc‬ﻟﻌﺮض ﳏﺘﻮ￯ ]‪ [MP3‬أﻭ ]‪ [JPEG‬أﻭ ]‪ [MPEG4‬أﻭ ]‪[DivX‬‬
‫ﻋﲆ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ DVD-RAM‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ]‪ [DVD-VR‬ﻭﻧﻤﻂ آﺧﺮ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ‪ ([JPEG] ،‬أﻭ ﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ HighMAT‬دﻭﻥ اﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.HighMAT‬‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫‪Dialogue‬‬
‫‪Enhancer‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(10‬‬
‫‪Quick OSD‬‬
‫)‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(9‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻈﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪Source Select‬‬
‫“ )ﺗﻘﺪﹼ ﻣﻲ( )‬
‫إذا اﺧﱰت ”‪p‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺒﲈ ﻳﻼﺋﻢ ﻧﻮع اﳌﺎدة‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻌﻮد اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﱃ ‪ Auto‬أﻭ ‪.Auto 1‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮض اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ ،PAL‬ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎت ‪ MPEG4‬أﻭ ‪DivX video‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﺮ￯ ﳏﺘﻮ￯ اﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻭاﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻪ ﻛﲈ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪:Auto‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻮﻫ ﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ‪.Auto‬‬
‫‪ :Video‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻩ إذا ﻛﺎﻥ ﳏﺘﻮ￯ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﹼ‬
‫‪ :Cinema‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻫﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﳊﻮاﻑ ﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺧﺸﻨﺔ أﻭ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻭاﺿﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ‪.Auto‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﲔ ﰲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻮﻫﺔ ﻛﲈ ﻫﻮ ﹼ‬
‫ﻋﲆ أﻧﻪ‪ ،‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﹼ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ﻋﲆ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ‪.Auto‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮض اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪NTSC‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﺮ￯ ﳏﺘﻮ￯ اﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻭاﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻪ ﻛﲈ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Auto1‬ﻋﺎدﻱ(‪:‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﺮ￯ ﳏﺘﻮ￯ اﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ﹰﺎ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﹼ ﻝ إﻃﺎرات ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫‪ :Auto2‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﱃ ‪ ،Auto1‬ﹼ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻪ ﻛﲈ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻮﻫﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Video‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ‪ Auto1‬ﻭ ‪ Auto2‬ﻭﻛﻮﻥ ﳏﺘﻮ￯ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﹼ‬
‫]‪[CD] [VCD‬‬
‫اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺧﻼﻑ ‪ 8‬ﻙ ﻫـ‪ 16 ،‬ﻙ ﻫـ‪ 32 ،‬ﻙ ﻫـ(‬
‫]‪) [MP3] [WMA‬اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 17‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺎت‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪SETUP‬‬
‫اﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ إﱃ اﻟﻴﻤﲔ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪.Setup‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺒﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳊﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪TV Aspect‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ ‪ QUICK SETUP‬ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺎت ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﺿﻤﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﻈﻠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺣﺴﺒﲈ ﻳﻼﺋﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻧﻚ ﻭﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼﺗﻚ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺣﻘﻞ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ”‪“Disc‬‬
‫‪Audio‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻟﻐﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺎت‬
‫‪Subtitle‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻟﻐﺔ اﻟﱰﲨﺔ‬
‫اﳌﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Menus‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻟﻐﺔ ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ‬
‫اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Advanced Disc Review‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﳌﺮاﺟﻌﺔ‬
‫) ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(9‬‬
‫‪Ratings‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﺪ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪.DVD-Video‬‬
‫• اﺗﹼﺒﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﲈت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪English‬‬
‫‪Spanish‬‬
‫‪1Original‬‬
‫‪French‬‬
‫‪Portuguese‬‬
‫‪2 Other‬‬
‫‪German‬‬
‫‪Russian‬‬
‫‪Italian‬‬
‫‪Dutch‬‬
‫‪3 Automatic‬‬
‫‪English‬‬
‫‪Spanish‬‬
‫‪French‬‬
‫‪Portuguese‬‬
‫‪German‬‬
‫‪Russian‬‬
‫‪English‬‬
‫‪Spanish‬‬
‫‪French‬‬
‫‪Portuguese‬‬
‫‪Italian‬‬
‫‪Dutch‬‬
‫‪2 Other‬‬
‫‪German‬‬
‫‪Russian‬‬
‫‪Italian‬‬
‫‪Dutch‬‬
‫‪2 Other‬‬
‫• ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻟﻐﺔ اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ ﻣﻦ ‪ QUICK SETUP‬ﻳﺆدﻱ أﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ إﱃ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : Intro Mode‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻤﺮاﺟﻌﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺼ ﹼﻨﻒ‪/‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : Interval Mode‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﳌﺮاﺟﻌﺔ ﻛﻞ ‪ 10‬دﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﲥﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ )ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﺴﺘﻮ￯ رﻗﻢ ‪(8‬‬
‫‪8 No Limit‬‬
‫‪ 1‬إﱃ ‪:7‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻋﺮض اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ DVD-Video‬ﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻔﺎت ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮة ﹼ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫‪ :0 Lock all‬ﳌﻨﻊ ﻋﺮض اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﳍﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﲥﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﴪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﹼﺒﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﲈت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﴪ اﻟﺘﻲ اﺧﱰﲥﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﹶ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ إﺧﻄﺎر إذا ﺗﻢ إدﺧﺎﻝ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ DVD-Video‬ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭز ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﰲ‬
‫اﳉﻬﺎز‪ .‬اﺗﹼﺒﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﲈت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘ‬
‫‪SETUP‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪AL‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺎت‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺣﻘﻞ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ”‪“Video‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮع اﻟﻰ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت ‪ 18‬اﻟﻰ ‪ ،19‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻈﻞ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺎت دﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز إﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ اﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎر‪.‬‬
‫• اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻫﻲ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺎت اﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪put‬‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬
‫■ﺣ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭج ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺣﺴﺒﲈ ﻳﻼﺋﻢ ﻧﻮع‬
‫اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪Time Delay‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻤﻀﺨﻢ أﻭدﻳﻮ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻭﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻼزﻣﺎ‪ ،‬أﺿﺒﻄﻪ إذا ﻻﺣﻈﺖ‬
‫أﻥ اﻟﺼﻮت ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺰاﻣﻦ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬
‫‪Still Mode‬‬
‫ﺣﺪ د ﻧﻮع اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ اﳌﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪NTSC Disc Output‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر أﺣﺪ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ اﳋﺮج‬
‫‪ PAL 60‬أﻭ ‪ NTSC‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪.NTSC‬‬
‫‪Picture/Video Output‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺻﻴﻐﺔ إﺷﺎرة اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ اﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ إﺧﺮاﺟﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ JPEG‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ MPEG4‬ﻭ ‪ DivX‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘ‬
‫‪ : 4:3 Pan&Scan‬ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ أﺑﻌﺎد ﻋﺎدﻳﺔ )‪(4:3‬‬
‫ﻗﺺ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺻﻮرة اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﲤﻸ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﹼ‬
‫)ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﲢﻈﺮ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ذﻟﻚ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ : 4:3 Letterbox‬ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ أﺑﻌﺎد ﻋﺎدﻳﺔ )‪(4:3‬‬
‫ﹸﻌﺮض ﺑﻨﻤﻂ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮر اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﺗ ﹶ‬
‫‪AL‬‬
‫‪nd‬‬
‫)إﺣ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘ‬
‫‪AL‬‬
‫)‪Standard (Direct View TV‬‬
‫‪LCD TV/Projector‬‬
‫‪Plasma TV‬‬
‫‪0ms‬‬
‫‪80ms‬‬
‫‪20ms‬‬
‫‪100ms‬‬
‫‪40ms‬‬
‫‪EG‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘ‬
‫‪CRT Projector‬‬
‫‪Projection TV‬‬
‫‪AL‬‬
‫‪ge‬‬
‫‪on‬‬
‫)ﺿ‬
‫‪60ms‬‬
‫■ﺣ‬
‫‪Automatic‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻮﻫﺔ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺟﻮدﲥﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ أﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Field‬ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ اﻟﺼﻮرة ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻮﻫﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Frame‬اﳉﻮدة ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﳎﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ اﻟﺼﻮرة ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﹼ‬
‫‪ :PAL60‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮض اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ NTSC‬ﻋﲆ ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪.PAL‬‬
‫‪ :NTSC‬إﺷﺎرة اﳋﺮج ﻣﻦ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ NTSC‬ﺗﻈﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪.NTSC‬‬
‫‪Automatic‬‬
‫‪PAL‬‬
‫‪ : NTSC/PAL60‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ اﳋﺮج ﻋﲆ ﲥﻴﺌﺔ ”‪) “NTSC Disc Output‬‬
‫• إذا ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺧﺮج اﻟﺼﻮرة ﺳﻠﺴ ﹰﺎ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪age‬‬
‫‪ges‬‬
‫‪nd‬‬
‫‪lay‬‬
‫أﻋﻼﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪2/9/2006 5:39:13 PM‬‬
‫‪CM‬‬
‫‪ital‬‬
‫‪ :16:9‬ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )‪(16:9‬‬
‫‪TV Type‬‬
‫ﺗﺮد‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 18‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑ‬
‫ﻋﺮض‬
‫ﻭ‪X‬‬
‫■ ﺣﻘﻞ اﻟﺼﻮت ”‪“Audio‬‬
‫‪ : Up to 48 kHz‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ‪ 44.1‬أﻭ ‪ 48‬ﻙ ﻫـ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : Up to 96 kHz‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ‪ 88.2‬أﻭ ‪ 96‬ﻙ ﻫـ‪.‬‬
‫• اﻹﺷﺎرات ﻣﻦ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺿﺪ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ‪ 48‬أﻭ ‪ 44.1‬ﻙ ﻫـ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮددات اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 88.2‬ﻙ ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺎدرة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮدد ‪ 96‬ﻙ ﻫـ‪ .‬اﻗﺮأ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎزﻙ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪PCM Digital Output‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪ اﻟﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻃﺮﻑ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ COAXIAL‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ اﻟﻘﺼﻮ￯ ﻟﺨﺮج‬
‫‪ PCM‬اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Dolby Digital‬دﻭﻟﺒﻲ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼت‬
‫‪ ) COAXIAL‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(7‬‬
‫‪DTS Digital Surround‬‬
‫)إﺣﺎﻃﺔ ‪ DTS‬اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪Bitstream‬‬
‫‪PCM‬‬
‫‪Bitstream‬‬
‫‪PCM‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼت‬
‫‪ ) COAXIAL‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(7‬‬
‫‪PCM‬‬
‫‪MPEG‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼت‬
‫‪ ) COAXIAL‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(7‬‬
‫‪FL Dimmer‬‬
‫ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ﺳﻄﻮع ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪Auto Power Off‬‬
‫‪DivX Registration‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮض رﻣﺰ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ “Bitstream‬إذا ﻛﺎﻥ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻗﺎدر ﹰا‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ رﻣﻮز ﺑﺖ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻢ )اﻟﻨﻤﻂ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪدة اﻟﻘﻨﻮات(‪ .‬أﻣﺎ إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺎدر ﹰا ﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪) .“PCM‬إذا ﺗﻢ‬
‫إﺧﺮاج ﺑﺖ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻢ إﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺑﻼ ﻣﺤﻠﻞ رﻣﻮز ﻓﻤﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أﻥ ﺗﺨﺮج ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭأذﻧﻴﻚ‪(.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫)ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ اﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ(‬
‫■ ﺣﻘﻞ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ”‪“Display‬‬
‫‪English‬‬
‫‪Português‬‬
‫‪Français‬‬
‫‪Pуccкий‬‬
‫‪On-Screen Messages‬‬
‫‪On‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪Background‬‬
‫‪during Play‬‬
‫‪Black‬‬
‫‪Gray‬‬
‫‪Deutsch‬‬
‫‪Nederlands‬‬
‫‪Italiano‬‬
‫‪Español‬‬
‫‪: On‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز إﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ اﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎر إذا ﻇﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﻤﺪة ‪ 30‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎج ﻟﺮﻣﺰ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻫﺬا ﻟﺸﺮاء ﻭﻋﺮض ﻣﺤﺘﻮ￯ )‪ DivX (VOD‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻄﻠﺐ‪.‬‬
‫) ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،15‬ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ‪(DivX VOD‬‬
‫‪QUICK SETUP‬‬
‫‪Re-initialise Setting‬‬
‫‪: Yes‬‬
‫‪No‬‬
‫‪No‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﺮ إذا ﺗﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺎت ”‪ ) “Ratings‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫ﹸﻳﺮﺟﻰ إدﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻭاﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ .[ENTER‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﺧﺘﻔﺎء اﻟﻌﺒﺎرة ”‪ “INI‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻭإﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ادﺧﻞ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﺮﻣﺰﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﺪ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ) ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(20‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎرة ﻟﻠﺼﻮت ”‪ “Audio‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺘﻠﻚ اﻟﻠﻐﺔ )إﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺎت‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪: On‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ اﻟﻮﺿﻮح ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ اﻟﺼﻮت ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ أدﻧﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﻟﻠﺼﻮت ﻭأﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﻟﻠﺼﻮت‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪة ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪) .‬ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ إﻻ ﻣﻊ ‪(.Dolby Digital‬‬
‫‪ : Auto‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﺖ إﺿﺎءة اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻮد ﻣﺸﺮﻗﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Yes‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﻫﺬا ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪ Setup‬إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺎت اﻟﻤﺒﺪﺋﻴﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Bitstream‬‬
‫‪Bright‬‬
‫‪Off‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Dynamic Range‬‬
‫‪Compression‬‬
‫‪Menu Language‬‬
‫■ ﺣﻘﻞ »ﻏﲑ ذﻟﻚ« ”‪“Others‬‬
‫‪Dim‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﻋﺮض ‪ JPEG‬ﻭ ‪MPEG4‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ DivX‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪2/9/2006 5:39:15 PM‬‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 19‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎت‬
‫ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ارﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎت ﻋﻴ ﹼﻨﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ )إﺷﺎرة أﻧﺎﻟﻮغ( اﻟﻤﺄﺧﻮذة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺮات ﻣﺤﺪدة إﻟﻰ أرﻗﺎﻡ )اﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ(‪ .‬ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺪد‬
‫اﻟﻌﻴ ﹼﻨﺎت اﻟﻤﺄﺧﻮذة ﻛﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬا ﻓﺈﻥ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ إﺧﺮاج اﻟﺼﻮت اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ أﻛﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﻭاﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻱ أﻱ ﻧﻮع ﺗﻢ اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ أﻓﻀﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ DVD-Video‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ أﻱ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻓﻼﻡ أﻭ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺮج اﻟﺘﻘﺪﹼ ﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ‪ 25‬إﻃﺎر ﹰا ﻟﻜﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ )اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ (PAL‬أﻭ ‪ 24‬إﻃﺎر ﹰا ﻟﻜﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ )اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪) .(NTSC‬أﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ NTSC‬ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ 30‬إﻃﺎر ﹰا ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻷﻓﻼﻡ اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ :‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ‪ 25‬إﻃﺎر ﹰا ‪ 50/‬ﺣﻘﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ )اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ (PAL‬أﻭ ‪ 30‬إﻃﺎر ﹰا‪ 60/‬ﺣﻘﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ )اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ . .(NTSC‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻟﺪراﻣﺎ اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ أﻭ اﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪DivX‬‬
‫‪ DivX‬ﻫﻲ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﻭاﺳﻌﺔ اﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎر ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ اﺑﺘﻜﺎر ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ .DivX, Inc.‬ﻭﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ‪ DivX‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎدة ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﺑﺪرﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺠﻮدة ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪة ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ اﳌﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻐﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ اﳌﻠﻔﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮة ﹼ‬
‫‪MPEG4‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎت‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ أﻭ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎت ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﻜﻔﺎءة ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺑﹺﺖ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪2/9/2006 5:39:16 PM‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ رﻣﻮز اﻟﻠﻐﺎت‬
‫اﻷﺑﺨﺎزﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻷذرﺑﻴﺠﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻷردﻭ‪:‬‬
‫اﻷرﻣﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻷﺳﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻹﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻹﺳﺒﲑاﻧﺘﻮ‪:‬‬
‫اﻹﺳﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻷﻓﺮﻳﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻷﻟﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻷﳌﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻷﻣﻬﺮﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻹﻧﱰﻟﻴﻨﻐﻮا‪:‬‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻹﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻷﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻵﻳﺴﻠﻨﺪﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻹﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻷﻳﲈرﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻷﻭرﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻷﻭزﺑﻜﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻷﻭﻛﺮاﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺎﺳﻜﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﱪﻳﺘﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟ ﹶﺒﺸﺘﻮ‪ ،‬اﻟ ﹸﺒﺸﺘﻮ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺸﻜﲑﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﻨﺠﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﻠﻐﺎرﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﻨﻐﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺒﺎﻧﻐﻼ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﻮﲥﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﻮرﻣﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﻮﻟﻨﺪﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﻼرﻭﺳﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﻬﺎرﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺎﻏﺎﻟﻮغ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺎﻣﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺒﺘﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺘﺎرﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﱰﻛﲈﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻐﺮﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﻧﻐﺎ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﻱ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻴﻠﻮﻏﻮ‪:‬‬
‫اﳉﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﳉﻮرﺟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﳋﻮﺳﺎ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺪﻧﲈرﻛﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺮاﻳﺘﻮ رﻭﻣﺎﻧﺲ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﻭﺳﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺰﻭﻟﻮ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﺎﻣﻮﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻠﻮﻓﺎﻛﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻠﻮﻓﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻨﺪاﻧﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻨﺪﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻨﺴﻜﺮﻳﺘﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻨﻐﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪6566‬‬
‫‪6590‬‬
‫‪8582‬‬
‫‪7289‬‬
‫‪6583‬‬
‫‪6983‬‬
‫‪6979‬‬
‫‪6984‬‬
‫‪6570‬‬
‫‪8381‬‬
‫‪6869‬‬
‫‪6577‬‬
‫‪7365‬‬
‫‪6978‬‬
‫‪7378‬‬
‫‪7165‬‬
‫‪7383‬‬
‫‪7384‬‬
‫‪6589‬‬
‫‪7982‬‬
‫‪8590‬‬
‫‪8575‬‬
‫‪6985‬‬
‫‪8084‬‬
‫‪6682‬‬
‫‪8083‬‬
‫‪6665‬‬
‫‪8065‬‬
‫‪6671‬‬
‫‪6678‬‬
‫‪6890‬‬
‫‪7789‬‬
‫‪8076‬‬
‫‪6669‬‬
‫‪6672‬‬
‫‪8476‬‬
‫‪8465‬‬
‫‪8472‬‬
‫‪6679‬‬
‫‪8484‬‬
‫‪8475‬‬
‫‪8482‬‬
‫‪6783‬‬
‫‪8473‬‬
‫‪8479‬‬
‫‪8487‬‬
‫‪8469‬‬
‫‪7487‬‬
‫‪7565‬‬
‫‪8872‬‬
‫‪6865‬‬
‫‪8277‬‬
‫‪8285‬‬
‫‪8279‬‬
‫‪9085‬‬
‫‪8377‬‬
‫‪8375‬‬
‫‪8376‬‬
‫‪8385‬‬
‫‪8368‬‬
‫‪8365‬‬
‫‪8373‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻜﻮﺗﺲ ﻏﺎﻟﻴﻚ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻮاﺣﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻮﻳﺪﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﻮﻧﺎ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﴫﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﴫﺑﻮﻛﺮﻭاﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮﻣﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﺟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﱪﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻔﺎرﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻐﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻐﺮﻳﻨﻠﻨﺪﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻐﻮاراﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻐﻮﺟﺎراﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺎرﺳﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺮﻳﺴﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺮﻭﻳﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻨﻠﻨﺪﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻮﻻﺑﻮﻙ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻴﺠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻴﻴﺘﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎزاﺧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻧﹼﺪا‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎﻻﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺮدﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺮﻏﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺮﻭاﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺸﻤﲑﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻮدﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮرﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮرﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﻴﺘﺸﻮا‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻼﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﻠﺘﹼﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻼﺗﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻼﻭﺳﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻠﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻠﻴﻨﻐﺎﻻ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺎؤرﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺮﻭﳚﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﻴﺒﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﳌﺎراﺛﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﳌﺎﻻﻳﻼﻡ‪:‬‬
‫اﳌﺎﻟﻄﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﳌﻼﻏﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﳌﺎﻻﻭﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﳌﺎؤرﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﳌﻘﺪﻭﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﳌﻨﻐﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﳌﻮﻟﺪاﻓﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﳍﺎﻭﺳﺎ‪:‬‬
‫اﳍﻨﺪﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﳍﻨﻐﺎرﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﳍﻮﻟﻨﺪﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﻭﻟﻮﻑ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﻳﻠﺶ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻴﺪﻳﺶ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻴﻮاﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻴﻮرﻭﺑﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪7168‬‬
‫‪8387‬‬
‫‪8386‬‬
‫‪8378‬‬
‫‪8382‬‬
‫‪8372‬‬
‫‪8379‬‬
‫‪9072‬‬
‫‪8471‬‬
‫‪7387‬‬
‫‪6582‬‬
‫‪6565‬‬
‫‪7176‬‬
‫‪7576‬‬
‫‪7178‬‬
‫‪7185‬‬
‫‪7065‬‬
‫‪7082‬‬
‫‪7089‬‬
‫‪7079‬‬
‫‪7073‬‬
‫‪8679‬‬
‫‪7074‬‬
‫‪8673‬‬
‫‪7575‬‬
‫‪7578‬‬
‫‪6765‬‬
‫‪7585‬‬
‫‪7589‬‬
‫‪7282‬‬
‫‪7583‬‬
‫‪7577‬‬
‫‪6779‬‬
‫‪7579‬‬
‫‪8185‬‬
‫‪7686‬‬
‫‪7665‬‬
‫‪7679‬‬
‫‪7684‬‬
‫‪7678‬‬
‫‪7865‬‬
‫‪7879‬‬
‫‪7869‬‬
‫‪7782‬‬
‫‪7776‬‬
‫‪7784‬‬
‫‪7771‬‬
‫‪7783‬‬
‫‪7773‬‬
‫‪7775‬‬
‫‪7778‬‬
‫‪7779‬‬
‫‪7265‬‬
‫‪7273‬‬
‫‪7285‬‬
‫‪7876‬‬
‫‪8779‬‬
‫‪6789‬‬
‫‪7465‬‬
‫‪7473‬‬
‫‪6976‬‬
‫‪8979‬‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 20‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ‬
‫اﻻﺳﻄ‬
‫)‬
‫ﺧﺮج‬
‫ﺧﺮج‬
‫ﺧﺮج‬
‫ﺧﺮج‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ اﻹﺷﺎرة‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ درﺟﺎت اﻟﺤﺮارة اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ )‪ 8‬ﺳﻢ أﻭ ‪ 12‬ﺳﻢ(‪:‬‬
‫‪NTSC ،PAL525/60 ،PAL 625/50‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ +5‬إﻟﻰ ‪ +35‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫رﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ %5‬إﻟﻰ ‪) %90‬ﺑﻼ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﻒ(‬
‫)‪(7 ،6 DivX ،DVD-Video) DVD (1‬‬
‫)‪(7 ،6 DivX ،7 ،5 MPEG4 ،7 ،2 MP3 ،7 ،4 JPEG ،DVD-VR) DVD-RAM (2‬‬
‫)‪(7 ،6 DivX ،7 ،5 MPEG4 ،7 ،2 MP3 ،7 ،4 JPEG ،DVD-VR ،DVD-Video) DVD-R (3‬‬
‫)‪(DVD-VR ،DVD-Video) DVD-R DL (4‬‬
‫)‪(7 ،6 DivX ،7 ،5 MPEG4 ،7 ،2 MP3 ،7 ،4 JPEG ،DVD-VR ،DVD-Video) DVD-RW (5‬‬
‫)‪(Video) +RW/+R (6‬‬
‫)‪(Video) +R DL (7‬‬
‫‪7 ،4‬‬
‫‪7 ،3‬‬
‫‪7 ،2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪JPEG ،‬‬
‫‪WMA ،‬‬
‫)‪MP3 ، SVCD ،Video-CD ،CD-DA] CD-R/RW ،CD (8‬‬
‫‪7 ،6‬‬
‫‪) HighMAT Level 2 ،‬ﺻﻮت ﻭﺻﻮرة([‬
‫‪DivX ،7 ،5 MPEG4‬‬
‫ﺧﺮج اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ اﻟﺨﺮج‪:‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ اﻟﺨﺮج‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﺮج اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ ‪:S‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺧﺮج اﻹﺿﺎءة ‪: Y‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺧﺮج اﻟﻠﻮﻥ ‪: C‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ اﻟﺨﺮج‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﺮج ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺧﺮج ‪: PB‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺧﺮج ‪: PR‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ اﻟﺨﺮج‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﺮج اﻟﺼﻮت‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ اﻟﺨﺮج‪:‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ اﻟﺨﺮج‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺪد أﻃﺮاﻑ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ‪ 75) p-p‬أﻭﻡ(‬
‫‪ 0.7‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ‪ 75) p-p‬أﻭﻡ(‬
‫‪ 0.7‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ‪ 75) p-p‬أﻭﻡ(‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ دﺑﻮﺳﻲ ) ‪ : Y‬أﺧﻀﺮ‪ : PB ،‬أزرﻕ‪ : PR ،‬أﺣﻤﺮ( )‪ 1‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ(‬
‫‪ 1) Vrms 2‬ﻙ ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺮ دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ(‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ دﺑﻮﺳﻲ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻨﺎة‪ 1 :‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫• ‪:CD Audio‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻹﺷﺎرة‪/‬اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‪:‬‬
‫• ‪:CD Audio‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬اﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ اﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪) DVD‬ﺻﻮت ﺧﻄﻲ(‪:‬‬
‫• ‪:CD Audio‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬اﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ اﻟﺘﻮاﻓﻘﻲ اﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪: CD Audio‬‬
‫‪ 115‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫‪ 102‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫‪ 98‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫‪%0.003‬‬
‫ﺧﺮج اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ دﺑﻮﺳﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺮج اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ اﻟﻤﺤﻮر‪:‬‬
‫ﻻﻗﻄﺔ اﻹﺷﻌﺎﻋﺎت‪:‬‬
‫‪ 662‬ﻥ ﻡ‪ 785/‬ﻥ ﻡ‬
‫اﻟﻄﻮﻝ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺪرة اﻟﻠﻴﺰر‪:‬‬
‫‪CLASS 3A/CLASS 2‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺎر ﻣﺘﺮدد ﻣﻦ ‪ 110‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 240‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪ 60/50 ،‬ﻫـ‬
‫‪ 11‬ﻭات‬
‫إﻣﺪاد اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ اﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎر‪:‬‬
‫اﻷﺑﻌﺎد )ﻋﺮض ﻋﻤﻖ ارﺗﻔﺎع(‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻭات ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ﹰﺎ‬
‫× ×‬
‫‪ 430‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ 251‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ 43‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫‪ 2.2‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ دﻭﻥ إﺷﻌﺎر‪ .‬ﻗﻴﻢ اﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻭاﻷﺑﻌﺎد ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺗﺴﺘﻮﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻭط ‪.IEC62107‬‬
‫‪MPEG-2 Layer 3 ،MPEG-1 Layer3 2‬‬
‫‪ Windows Media Audio 3‬اﻹﺻﺪار ‪.Ver.9.0 L3‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ‪.(MBR) Multiple Bit Rate‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ اﻟﺒﹺﺖ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﹼ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪ 4‬ﳌﻠﻔﺎت ‪ JPEG‬اﻻﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ اﳌﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺼﻴﻔﺔ ‪Exif Ver 2.1‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪ :‬ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 120 160‬ﻭ ‪ 4096 6144‬ﺑﻴﻜﺴﻞ )اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪ 4:0:0‬أﻭ ‪ 4:2:0‬أﻭ ‪ 4:2:2‬أﻭ ‪(4:4:4‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻭاﻟﻬﺰﻳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪ MPEG4‬اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮات ‪ SD‬اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪدة أﻭﻣﺴﺠﻼت ‪ DVD‬اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻃﺮاز ‪ Panasonic‬اﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ‪) SD VIDEO‬ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ‪ /(ASF‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ /(Simple Profile) MPEG4‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ اﻷﻭدﻳﻮ ‪.G.726‬‬
‫‪ 6‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺮض ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻹﺻﺪارات ﻟـ ‪) DivX® video‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ (DivX® 6‬ﺑﻌﺮض ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت اﻷﻭﺳﺎط ®‪.DivX‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎدﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪.DivX Home Theater Profile‬‬
‫‪» Global Motion Compensation) GMC‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ اﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ«( ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫‪ 7‬أﻗﺼﻰ ﻋﺪد ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﺼﻮت ﻭاﻟﺼﻮرة ﻭﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭاﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ 4000 :‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮت ﻭﺻﻮرة ﻭﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭ ‪ 400‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫×‬
‫×‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫‪2/14/2006 2:02:49 PM‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ‪ 75) p-p‬أﻭﻡ(‬
‫‪ NTSC‬؛ ‪ 0.286‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ‪ 75) p-p‬أﻭﻡ(‬
‫‪ PAL‬؛ ‪ 0.300‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ‪ 75) p-p‬أﻭﻡ(‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ‪ 1) S‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ(‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 4‬ﻫـ إﻟﻰ ‪ 22‬ﻙ ﻫـ )ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ‪ 48‬ﻙ ﻫـ(‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 4‬ﻫـ إﻟﻰ ‪ 44‬ﻙ ﻫـ )ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ‪ 96‬ﻙ ﻫـ(‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 4‬ﻫـ إﻟﻰ ‪ 20‬ﻙ ﻫـ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬
‫]‪[576i/576p:PAL 480i/480p:NTSC‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺧﺮج اﻹﺿﺎءة ‪: Y‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ‪ 75) p-p‬أﻭﻡ(‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ دﺑﻮﺳﻲ )‪ 1‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ(‬
‫اﻷداء اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬اﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺘﺮددات‪:‬‬
‫• ‪) DVD‬ﺻﻮت ﺧﻄﻲ(‪:‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 21‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻱ اﻟﺨﻠﻞ ﻭإﺻﻼﺣﻪ‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ ﹼ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ أﻥ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﻓﻨﻴﻲ اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻔﺤﻮﺻﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬إذا ﺳﺎﻭرﻙ اﻟﺸﻚ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻧﻘﺎط اﻟﻔﺤﺺ‪ ،‬أﻭ إذا ﱂ ﺗﻨﺠﺢ اﳊﻠﻮﻝ اﻟﻮاردة ﰲ اﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺣﻞ اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎرة اﳌﻮزع ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻹرﺷﺎدﻙ‪) .‬أرﻗﺎﻡ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﳌﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﲔ أﻗﻮاس‪(.‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ )اﻟﺘﻴﺎر(‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫أدﺧﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺮﺋﻴﴘ اﳌﱰدد ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ﹰﺎ إﱃ • ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ إﻳﻘﺎﻑ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ﹰﺎ ”‪ “Auto Power Off‬ﻋﲆ ﻭﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ”‪“On‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ اﳌﻨﺰﱄ‪(7) .‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ اﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ﹰﺎ إﱃ ﻭﺿﻊ اﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 30‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪(19) .‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ ا ﳉﻬﺎ ز ﻋﻨﺪ •‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻋﺮض أﻱ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ﻏﲑ ﺗﻠﻚ اﳌﺸﺎر إﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﲈت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ‪(4) .‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﱪﻕ أﻭ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ أﻭ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻌﻮاﻣﻞ‬
‫اﳋﺎرﺟﻴﺔ اﻷﺧﺮ￯‪ .‬أﻭﻗﻒ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺛﻢ ﹺ‬
‫أﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬أﻭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺿﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻭﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺮﺋﻴﴘ اﳌﱰدد ﺛﻢ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺒﺨﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪث ﺗﻜﺜﹼﻒ ﻟﻠﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪ :‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ إﱃ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﹼ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫اﻋﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﲨﻴﻊ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺎت إﱃ‬
‫أﻭﺿﺎﻋﻬﺎ اﳌﺒﺪﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎ ﰲ اﳌﺼﻨﻊ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [;OPEN/CLOSE‬ﻋﲆ اﳉﻬﺎز أﻳﻀ ﹰﺎ إﱃ أﻥ ﲣﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﻌﺒﺎرة ”‪ “Initialised‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪ .‬أﻭﻗﻒ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺛﻢ ﹺ‬
‫اﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻮد ﲨﻴﻊ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺎت إﱃ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﻬﺎ اﳌﺒﺪﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ أﻱ زر‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ أﻱ زر‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫•‬
‫• اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت ﻓﺎرﻏﺔ اﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ‪ .‬اﺳﺘﺒﺪﳍﺎ ﺑﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‪(7) .‬‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ أزرار اﻟﺮﻳﻤﻮت‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ اﻟﺮﻳﻤﻮت ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪(8) .‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺻﻮرة ﻭﻻ ﺻﻮت‪.‬‬
‫• ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼت اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭاﻷﻭدﻳﻮ‪(7 ،6) .‬‬
‫• ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﲥﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر أﻭ اﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز اﳌﻮﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮد ﻣﺎدة ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﲆ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﴪ اﳋﺎﺻﺔ • أﺛﻨﺎء اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [QUICK OSD‬ﻭ ]‪ [h‬ﻋﲆ اﳉﻬﺎز ﹺ‬
‫ﻭاﺑﻘﻬﲈ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﲔ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪(7) .‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻱ اﻟﺨﻠﻞ ﻭإﺻﻼﺣﻪ‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ ﹼ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ أﻭ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻘﴤ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ •‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ اﻟﻌﺮض ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺒﺪأ إذا ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺎر ‪ MP3‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫ﺻﻮر ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ أﻥ ﻳﺒﺪأ اﳌﺴﺎر‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺪة اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬا أﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬا أﻣﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ DivX‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ [VCD] .‬ﻣﻊ •‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [g‬ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪.(PLAY) [q‬‬
‫أﻥ ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺘﺎ اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫اﳌﱪﻣﺞ ﻭاﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪.DVD-Video‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض ﻻ ﻳﺒﺪأ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﱰﲨﺔ اﳌﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪• .‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﰲ ﻭﺿﻌﺘﻜﺮار ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ‪A-B‬‬
‫‪ ،Repeat‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ”‪ “B‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ﹰﺎ إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺘﻜﺮر‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮرة ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻮﻫﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮرة‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫اﺿﺒﻂ اﳌﻮﺿﻊ‪ “Subtitle Position”) .‬ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪(17) (Display Menu‬‬
‫اﻋﺮض اﻟﱰﲨﺔ اﳌﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪(11) .‬‬
‫ﳖﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻫﻲ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪ B‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺘﻢ إﻟﻐﺎء ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ‪ A-B Repeat‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ]‪.[QUICK REPLAY‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﺘﻜﺮر ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ]‪ [MANUAL SKIP‬أﻭ‬
‫]‪.[ADVANCED DISC REVIEW‬‬
‫•‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳋﺮج اﻟﺘﻘﺪﹼ ﻣﻲ ﰲ ﺣﲔ أﻥ اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ اﳌﻮﺻﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ اﳋﺮج اﻟﺘﻘﺪﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ]‪ [CANCEL‬ﹺ‬
‫ﻭاﺑﻘﻪ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃ ﹰﺎ إﱃ أﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺼﻮرة ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮد اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺎت إﱃ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ”‪) “OOOi‬ﻣﻀﻔﹼﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [DivX‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﺼﺪر ”‪ “Source Select‬ﰲ ‪(17).Picture Menu‬‬
‫•‬
‫• اﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻧﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ”‪ “4:3 Aspect‬ﰲ ‪(17) .Display Menu‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﲥﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺰﻭﻡ‪(11) .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮض اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ • ،PAL‬اﺿﺒﻂ ”‪ “Transfer Mode‬ﰲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Picture Menu‬ﻋﲆ ”‪(17). “Auto‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ أﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻭ اﻷﻟﻮاﻥ ﺑﺎﻫﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• اﳉﻬﺎز ﻭاﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﲔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻧ ﹰﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد اﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ أﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪.PAL‬‬
‫• اﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ اﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﲆ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻧﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ PAL‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﲥﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ‪.NTSC‬‬‫ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ إﺷﺎرات ‪ NTSC‬إﱃ ‪ PAL 60‬ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪة ﻋﲆ ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬‫‪ “NTSC Disc Output”) PAL‬ﰲ ﺣﻘﻞ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ”‪(18) .(“Video‬‬
‫• ﹺ‬
‫اﻋﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺰﻭﻡ إﱃ ‪(11) .x1.00‬‬
‫• اﺿﺒﻂ ”‪ “Subtitle Position‬ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪ Display Menu‬ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ”‪(17) .“0‬‬
‫• اﺿﺒﻂ ”‪ “4:3 Aspect‬ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪ Display Menu‬ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ”‪(17) .“Normal‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪2/9/2006 5:39:18 PM‬‬
‫ﺗﻈ‬
‫ﺗﺸ‬
‫اﻟﺼ‬
‫اﳋﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺼ‬
‫ﺿﻮ‬
‫اﻟﺴ‬
‫اﳌﺆ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ أﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ”‪ “TV Aspect‬ﰲ ﺣﻘﻞ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ”‪(18) .“Video‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺼﻮرة أﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ إذا ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪ DivX‬أﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ‪ 2‬ج ب‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻮﻫﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻮرة‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫اﻟﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﺘﺎت ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪(6) .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﺼﻮرة ﻻ ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎس اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮض اﳉﻬﺎز ﻣﺎدة ‪ WMA‬ﻭ ‪ MPEG4‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺻﻮر ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺮض ﳏﺘﻮ￯ ‪ ،DivX VOD‬راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻻﻧﱰﻧﺖ اﻟﺘﻲ اﺷﱰﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﳏﺘﻮ￯ ‪) .DivX VOD‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪(www.divx.com/vod :‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ‪ CD-DA‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﹰ ﺎ أﺧﺮ￯‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﳑﻜﻨﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻇ‬
‫ﺟﻴ‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 22‬‬
‫ﻻﺻ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺴ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠ‬
‫)ﻳﺘ‬
‫ﺻﺤ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧ‬
‫”‪Ay‬‬
‫أﻭﻗﻒ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺰﻭﻡ اﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻮﻥ‬
‫‪(17‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺰﻭﻡ اﻵﱄ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ •‬
‫•‬
‫ﺟﻴﺪ ﹰا‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺟﻴﺪاﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ اﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ اﳌﻌﺘﻤﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻧﻮع اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ اﻟﺘﻘﺪﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ أﺷﺒﺎح )ﺧﻴﺎﻻت( ﻋﻨﺪ •‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳋﺮج اﻟﺘﻘﺪﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮر ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻤﻂ‬
‫اﳋﺮج اﻟﺘﻘﺪﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﻴﻜﻮﻥ اﳋﺮج ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع اﳌﻀﻔﹼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ “Off‬ﰲ ”‪(10) .“Advanced Surround‬‬
‫• اﺿﺒﻂ ”‪ “Attenuator‬ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت ‪ Audio Menu‬ﻋﲆ ﻭﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ”‪ “On‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻮﻫ ﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼت ﺧﺮج ﺻﻮت ‪(17) .AUDIO OUT‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﹼ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﲢﺪث ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮض ‪.WMA‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ أﻱ ﻣﻦ اﳌﺆﺛﺮات اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﺈﺧﺮاج إﺷﺎرات ﺑﹺﺖ ﺳﱰﻳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪(7) .COAXIAL‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺾ اﳌﺆﺛﺮات اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ أﻭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﻫﺎ أﻗﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ أﻱ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ‪،Advanced Surround ،H.Bass ، Night Sound Mode‬‬
‫‪ Multi Re-master‬ﻭ ‪ Sound Enhancement‬إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﴎﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭﻗﻔﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﰲ اﻟﺼﻮت ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﴎﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [DivX‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﳜﺮج اﻟﺼﻮت ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ أﻧﺸﺌﺖ ﲠﺎ اﳌﻠﻔﺎت‪(5) .‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺻﻮت‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ رﻗﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺻﻮت ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪(.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪.MP3/WMA‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ DVD‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﲤﻨﻊ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ DVD‬إذا ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎدر ﻋﲆ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻹﺷﺎرات ذات ﺗﺮدد اﳌﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ‪ 48‬ﻙ ﻫـ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪(10) Off‬‬
‫ ‪: Advanced Surround‬‬‫‪(19) Up to 48 kHz‬‬
‫ ‪: PCM Digital Output‬‬‫‪(19) PCM‬‬
‫‪:Dolby Digital/DTS Digital Surround/MPEG -‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﲆ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﳉﻬﺎز‬
‫”‪“noPLAy‬‬
‫‪2/9/2006 5:39:19 PM‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫أدﺧﻠﺖ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز أﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ; ﹺ‬
‫أدﺧﻞ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪(4) .‬‬
‫أدﺧﻠﺖ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻓﺎرﻏﺔ‪.‬‬
‫أدﺧﻠﺖ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺧﺘﻤﻬﺎ‪(4) .‬‬
‫“‬
‫‪“Cannot play group xx,‬‬
‫”‪content xx‬‬
‫‪“Cannot display group xx,‬‬
‫”‪content xx‬‬
‫‪“Group xx, content xx‬‬
‫”‪is protected‬‬
‫”‪“Cannot play audio‬‬
‫”‪“No audio‬‬
‫”‪“Check the disc‬‬
‫‪“This disc may not be‬‬
‫”‪played in your region‬‬
‫•‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﳏﻈﻮرة ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﳉﻬﺎز أﻭ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﺮض ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎت أﻭ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ‪(5) .‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﺮض ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ أﻭ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﳏﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺻﻮت أﻭ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺼﻮت ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﳍﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻘﻂ‪(4) .‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ‪) .‬أدﻧﺎﻩ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ اﻟﻤﺸﻐﹼ ﻞ ﺑﻌﺮض اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ DVD-Video‬اﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮب ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ رﻗﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ”‪“2‬‬
‫أﻭ اﻟﻌﺒﺎرة ”‪) .“ALL‬اﻟﻐﻼﻑ(‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪ “On‬ﰲ اﻟﺒﻨﺪ ”‪ “On-Screen Messages‬ﰲ ﺣﻘﻞ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ”‪(19) .“Display‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪• .‬‬
‫”‪ • “Authorization Error‬ﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﺮض ﳏﺘﻮ￯ ‪ DivX VOD‬ﺗﻢ ﴍاؤﻩ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ رﻣﺰ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﳌﺤﺘﻮ￯ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز‪(15) .‬‬
‫”‪“Rented Movie Expired‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻋﺪد ﻣﺮات ﻋﺮض ﳏﺘﻮ￯ ‪ DivX VOD‬ﻫﻮ ﺻﻔﺮ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ‪(15) .‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫■ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻫﺬا اﳉﻬﺎز ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﲈش ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ أﺑﺪ ﹰا اﻟﻜﺤﻮﻝ أﻭ اﻟﺜﻨﺮ اﻟﻤﺨﻔﻒ ﻟﻘﻮاﻡ اﻟﻄﻼء أﻭ اﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﺮﻕ اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻛﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺎﹰ‪ ،‬اﻗﺮأ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻗﺮاءة ﻣﺘﻤﻌﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻀﺮﻭرﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻭإﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ذﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﺗﺠﺎرﻳ ﹰﺎ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أﻥ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭث ﺧﻠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫اﻣﺴﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎش رﻃﺒﺔ ﺛﻢ اﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪RQT8505‬‬
‫‪(17‬‬
‫‪(17‬‬
‫إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ رﻗﻤﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﳏﻠﻞ رﻣﻮز‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪“PCM‬‬
‫ﰲ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد ”‪ “Dolby Digital‬أﻭ ”‪ “DTS Digital Surround‬أﻭ ”‪ “MPEG‬ﰲ ﺣﻘﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت ”‪(19).“Audio‬‬
‫اﳉﻬﺎز ﺛﻢ ﹺ‬
‫أﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪ .‬أﻭ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺿﺔ ﻋﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻭﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺮﺋﻴﴘ اﳌﱰدد ﺛﻢ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﱂ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺬﻑ رﻗﻢ اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬اﻛﺘﺐ رﻗﻢ اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻭاﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻔﻨﻲ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﳐﺘﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﱂ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎﻝ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪ :‬ﹺ‬
‫أدﺧﻞ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﱂ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎﻝ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ :‬ﹺ‬
‫أدﺧﻠﻬﺎﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪(8) .‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫”‪“nodISC‬‬
‫•‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﲆ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫”‬
‫اﻟﺴﲈﻋﺎت‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﺆﺛﺮات ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫”‬
‫)ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫‪“H‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ رﻗﻢ‪(.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ .‬اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﲇ اﳊﺮﻑ ”‪ “H‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﲆ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﳉﻬﺎز‪ .‬أﻭﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻱ اﻟﺨﻠﻞ ﻭإﺻﻼﺣﻪ‪/‬اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻧﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ أﻭ اﳌﺎدة اﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﲆ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪،DVD-Video‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻔﱰض ﻓﻴﻬﺎ أﻥ ﺗﺰﻭﻝ إذا اﺳﺘﻌﻤﻠﺖ اﳋﺮج اﳌﻀﻔﹼﺮ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺧﺮج اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ”‪Video‬‬
‫‪ “Output Mode‬ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺼﻮرة ‪ Picture Menu‬إﱃ ”‪) “OOOi‬ﻣﻀﻔﹼﺮ(‪(17) .‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ VIDEO OUT‬أﻭ ‪S VIDEO OUT‬‬
‫• إذا ﻛﺎﻥ اﳉﻬﺎز ﻣﻮﺻ ﹰ‬
‫ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﺛﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﲣﺮج ﻣﻦ •‬
‫ﺪﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫”‪“U11‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺐ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد اﳌﺴﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻷﺧﺮ￯ أﻭ اﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﻴﺪﻭﻱ‪(11) .‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫‪.[QU‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ‪) .‬أدﻧﺎﻩ(‬
‫أدﺧﻠﺖ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺧﺘﻤﻬﺎ‪(4) .‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫‪DVD-S42_Ar.indd 23‬‬
-‫ إذا رأﻳﺖ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮﻝ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺨﻠﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫اﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺧﺎرج ﻧﻄﺎﻕ اﻻﺗﺤﺎد اﻷﻭرﻭﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺳﺎرﻱ اﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ‬
.‫اﻻﺗﺤﺎد اﻷﻭرﻭﺑﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫إذا رﻏﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬا‬
‫ ﹸﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎت‬،‫اﻟﻤ ﹸﻨ ﹶﺘﺞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ أﻭ اﻟﻤﻮزع ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻭاﻟﺴﺆاﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻦ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻠﺺ‬
.‫ﻣﻨﻪ‬
Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.co.jp/global/
10 ........................................ H.Bass H
13 ..................................... HighMAT
11 ............................. Just Fit Zoom J
12 ................................ Manual skip M
11 ............................. Manual Zoom
14 ,9 ....................................... Menu
19 ,11 .................................... MPEG
10 ..........................Multi Re-master
14 ........................Navigation Menu N
10 .....................Night Sound Mode
16 .............................. Picture Mode P
14 ...........................Playback Menu
13 ........................................ Playlist
12 ..................................Play speed
9 ....................................Quick OSD Q
12 ..............................Quick Replay
7 .............................. QUICK SETUP
19 ................... Re-Initialise Setting R
18 ...........................................Setup S
17 .................Sound Enhancement
11 ....................................... Subtitle
14 ,9 ................................Top Menu T
11 ...........................................Zoom Z
‫اﻟﻔﻬﺮس‬
11 .....................................‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺰاﻭﻳﺔ‬
9 ......................................... ‫ادﺧﻞ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
8 ................................... ‫إﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ اﻟﻌﺮض‬
13 ............................................ ‫اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‬
11 .................................... ‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة‬
16 .....................Time Slip ‫ﻟﻠﻌﺮض ﻓﻘﻂ‬
4 ...............................................‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ‬
13 ....................... CD ‫ﻋﺮض ﻧﺺ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
12 ...................................‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﳌﱪﻣﺞ‬
12 ................................ ‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﺸﻮاﺋﻲ‬
16 .................. ‫اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
12 ............................................. ‫ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‬
16 ................................. A-B Repeat A
9 ................Advanced Disc Review
10 .................. Advanced Surround
11 ......................................... AUDIO
10 .............................. AV Enhancer
17 .................... Dialogue Enhancer D
13 ................. DIRECT NAVIGATOR
15 ............................................ Divx
19 ,11 .........................Dolby Digital
19 ,11 ....................................... DTS
16 ................................... Functions F
Ar
RQT8505-A
F0206EM0
DVD-S42_Ar.indd 24
2/14/2006 2:26:03 PM